Mercurial > vim
annotate src/edit.c @ 3873:fd96b3cc88ed v7.3.693
updated for version 7.3.693
Problem: Can't make 'softtabstop' follow 'shiftwidth'.
Solution: When 'softtabstop' is negative use the value of 'shiftwidth'.
(so8res)
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Sun, 21 Oct 2012 00:10:39 +0200 |
| parents | 8eb5b61161b4 |
| children | 9ea81cd9b1f5 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 | |
| 14 #include "vim.h" | |
| 15 | |
| 16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 17 /* | |
| 18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode | |
| 19 */ | |
| 20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 | |
| 21 | |
| 22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 | |
| 23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 | |
| 24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 | |
| 25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4 | |
| 26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 | |
| 30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 | |
| 12 | 33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 |
| 523 | 34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 |
| 477 | 35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 |
| 36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ | |
| 7 | 37 |
| 38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] | |
| 39 | |
| 40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = | |
| 41 { | |
| 42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */ | |
| 819 | 43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), |
| 449 | 44 NULL, |
| 7 | 45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), |
| 46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), | |
| 47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), | |
| 48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), | |
| 49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), | |
| 50 NULL, | |
| 51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), | |
| 52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), | |
| 12 | 53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), |
| 54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), | |
| 523 | 55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), |
| 819 | 56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), |
| 449 | 57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), |
| 7 | 58 }; |
| 59 | |
| 1869 | 60 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); |
| 2631 | 61 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 62 static char e_complwin[] = N_("E839: Completion function changed window"); | |
| 63 static char e_compldel[] = N_("E840: Completion function deleted text"); | |
| 64 #endif | |
| 7 | 65 |
| 66 /* | |
| 67 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. | |
| 68 */ | |
| 681 | 69 typedef struct compl_S compl_T; |
| 70 struct compl_S | |
| 7 | 71 { |
| 464 | 72 compl_T *cp_next; |
| 73 compl_T *cp_prev; | |
| 74 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ | |
| 681 | 75 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ |
| 786 | 76 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ |
| 659 | 77 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when |
| 78 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ | |
| 464 | 79 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ |
| 80 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ | |
| 7 | 81 }; |
| 82 | |
| 464 | 83 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ |
| 7 | 84 #define FREE_FNAME (2) |
| 85 | |
| 86 /* | |
| 87 * All the current matches are stored in a list. | |
| 449 | 88 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. |
| 89 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. | |
| 90 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during | |
| 91 * ins_compl_get_exp(). | |
| 7 | 92 */ |
| 464 | 93 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; |
| 94 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
| 95 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; | |
| 449 | 96 |
| 825 | 97 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, |
| 98 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ | |
| 99 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
| 100 | |
| 657 | 101 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string |
| 102 * are used. */ | |
| 103 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 104 | |
| 665 | 105 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string |
| 106 in compl_leader */ | |
| 107 | |
| 657 | 108 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When |
| 109 FALSE the match was edited or using | |
| 110 the longest common string. */ | |
| 111 | |
| 874 | 112 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding |
| 113 completions. */ | |
| 114 | |
| 115 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ | |
| 116 | |
| 449 | 117 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's |
| 118 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ | |
| 644 | 119 static int compl_started = FALSE; |
| 449 | 120 |
| 1927 | 121 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, |
| 122 * which is not allowed. */ | |
| 123 static int compl_busy = FALSE; | |
| 124 | |
| 464 | 125 static int compl_matches = 0; |
| 126 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 127 static int compl_direction = FORWARD; | |
| 128 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; | |
| 716 | 129 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ |
| 464 | 130 static pos_T compl_startpos; |
| 131 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts | |
| 132 * that is being completed */ | |
| 133 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before | |
| 134 * completion started */ | |
| 135 static int compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 136 static expand_T compl_xp; | |
| 449 | 137 |
| 3078 | 138 static int compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; |
| 139 | |
| 449 | 140 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void)); |
| 141 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt)); | |
| 1430 | 142 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c)); |
| 944 | 143 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup)); |
| 681 | 144 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len)); |
| 665 | 145 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match)); |
| 681 | 146 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase)); |
| 7 | 147 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void)); |
| 540 | 148 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void)); |
| 149 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void)); | |
| 648 | 150 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void)); |
| 707 | 151 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void)); |
| 659 | 152 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus)); |
| 703 | 153 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir)); |
| 667 | 154 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr)); |
| 7 | 155 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void)); |
| 156 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void)); | |
| 657 | 157 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void)); |
| 3078 | 158 static int ins_compl_need_restart __ARGS((void)); |
| 874 | 159 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void)); |
| 657 | 160 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c)); |
| 3078 | 161 static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void)); |
| 874 | 162 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void)); |
| 694 | 163 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str)); |
| 659 | 164 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void)); |
| 540 | 165 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c)); |
| 3095 | 166 static void ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader __ARGS((char_u *ptr_arg)); |
| 7 | 167 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag)); |
| 724 | 168 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 169 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list)); | |
| 3078 | 170 static void ins_compl_add_dict __ARGS((dict_T *dict)); |
| 724 | 171 #endif |
| 659 | 172 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini)); |
| 7 | 173 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void)); |
| 174 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void)); | |
| 665 | 175 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match)); |
| 610 | 176 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c)); |
| 644 | 177 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c)); |
| 610 | 178 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c)); |
| 681 | 179 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c)); |
| 7 | 180 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c)); |
| 1872 | 181 static unsigned quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len)); |
| 7 | 182 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ |
| 183 | |
| 184 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 | |
| 185 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 | |
| 186 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 | |
| 187 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 | |
| 188 | |
| 661 | 189 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready)); |
| 7 | 190 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void)); |
| 191 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void)); | |
| 192 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int)); | |
| 2004 | 193 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c)); |
| 7 | 194 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int)); |
| 195 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 196 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos)); | |
| 744 | 197 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 198 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void)); |
| 484 | 199 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void)); |
| 497 | 200 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ |
| 221 | 201 #endif |
| 7 | 202 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc)); |
| 203 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int)); | |
| 204 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void)); | |
| 205 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off)); | |
| 206 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void)); | |
| 207 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 208 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc)); | |
| 209 #endif | |
| 210 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void)); | |
| 1782 | 211 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col)); |
| 212 static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col)); | |
| 7 | 213 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
| 214 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void)); | |
| 215 #endif | |
| 216 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void)); | |
| 217 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void)); | |
| 449 | 218 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void)); |
| 477 | 219 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove)); |
| 7 | 220 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 221 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void)); | |
| 222 #endif | |
| 223 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 224 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 225 #endif | |
| 449 | 226 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState)); |
| 227 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void)); | |
| 7 | 228 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc)); |
| 229 static void ins_del __ARGS((void)); | |
| 230 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p)); | |
| 231 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 232 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c)); | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
233 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int dir)); |
| 7 | 234 #endif |
| 692 | 235 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 236 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 237 #endif | |
| 7 | 238 static void ins_left __ARGS((void)); |
| 239 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 240 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 241 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void)); | |
| 242 static void ins_right __ARGS((void)); | |
| 243 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void)); | |
| 244 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
| 245 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void)); | |
| 246 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
| 247 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void)); | |
| 248 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 249 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void)); | |
| 250 #endif | |
| 251 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void)); | |
| 252 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 253 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 254 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void)); | |
| 255 #endif | |
| 449 | 256 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc)); |
| 7 | 257 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 258 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 259 #endif | |
| 260 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void)); | |
| 3390 | 261 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 262 static char_u *do_insert_char_pre __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 263 #endif | |
| 7 | 264 |
| 265 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ | |
| 266 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ | |
| 267 | |
| 268 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, | |
| 269 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ | |
| 270 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ | |
| 271 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ | |
| 603 | 272 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ |
| 7 | 273 |
| 274 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 275 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ | |
| 276 #endif | |
| 277 | |
| 278 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
| 279 | |
| 280 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 298 | 281 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ |
| 282 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ | |
| 283 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ | |
| 284 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ | |
| 7 | 285 #endif |
| 286 | |
| 287 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a | |
| 288 char. Set when edit() is called. | |
| 289 after that arrow_used is used. */ | |
| 290 | |
| 291 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space | |
| 292 under the cursor */ | |
| 293 | |
| 294 /* | |
| 295 * edit(): Start inserting text. | |
| 296 * | |
| 297 * "cmdchar" can be: | |
| 298 * 'i' normal insert command | |
| 299 * 'a' normal append command | |
| 300 * 'R' replace command | |
| 301 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, | |
| 302 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. | |
| 303 * 'g' "gI" command. | |
| 304 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. | |
| 305 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. | |
| 306 * | |
| 307 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns | |
| 308 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. | |
| 309 * | |
| 310 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). | |
| 311 */ | |
| 312 int | |
| 313 edit(cmdchar, startln, count) | |
| 314 int cmdchar; | |
| 315 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */ | |
| 316 long count; | |
| 317 { | |
| 318 int c = 0; | |
| 319 char_u *ptr; | |
| 320 int lastc; | |
| 1869 | 321 int mincol; |
| 7 | 322 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; |
| 323 int i; | |
| 324 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ | |
| 325 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 326 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ | |
| 327 #endif | |
| 328 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ | |
| 329 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 330 int old_topfill = -1; | |
| 331 #endif | |
| 332 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ | |
| 333 int replaceState = REPLACE; | |
| 477 | 334 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ |
| 7 | 335 |
| 603 | 336 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ |
| 337 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; | |
| 338 | |
| 7 | 339 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an |
| 340 * error message */ | |
| 341 check_for_delay(TRUE); | |
| 342 | |
| 343 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX | |
| 344 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ | |
| 345 if (sandbox != 0) | |
| 346 { | |
| 347 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); | |
| 348 return FALSE; | |
| 349 } | |
| 350 #endif | |
| 632 | 351 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The |
| 352 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ | |
| 634 | 353 if (textlock != 0) |
| 632 | 354 { |
| 355 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
| 356 return FALSE; | |
| 357 } | |
| 7 | 358 |
| 359 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 844 | 360 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ |
| 1927 | 361 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) |
| 844 | 362 { |
| 363 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
| 364 return FALSE; | |
| 365 } | |
| 7 | 366 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ |
| 367 #endif | |
| 368 | |
| 11 | 369 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 370 /* | |
| 371 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". | |
| 372 */ | |
| 373 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 374 { | |
| 532 | 375 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 11 | 376 if (cmdchar == 'R') |
| 377 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; | |
| 378 else if (cmdchar == 'V') | |
| 379 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; | |
| 380 else | |
| 381 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; | |
| 382 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); | |
| 532 | 383 # endif |
| 11 | 384 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 385 } | |
| 386 #endif | |
| 387 | |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
388 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
389 /* Check if the cursor line needs redrawing before changing State. If |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
390 * 'concealcursor' is "n" it needs to be redrawn without concealing. */ |
|
2428
33148c37f3c9
Changes for VMS. Mostly by Zoltan Arpadffy.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
391 conceal_check_cursur_line(); |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
392 #endif |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
393 |
| 7 | 394 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
| 395 /* | |
| 396 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to | |
| 397 * where the paste started. | |
| 398 */ | |
| 399 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) | |
| 400 Insstart = where_paste_started; | |
| 401 else | |
| 402 #endif | |
| 403 { | |
| 404 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 405 if (startln) | |
| 406 Insstart.col = 0; | |
| 407 } | |
| 1869 | 408 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
| 7 | 409 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; |
| 410 if (!did_ai) | |
| 411 ai_col = 0; | |
| 412 | |
| 413 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) | |
| 414 { | |
| 415 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 416 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); | |
| 417 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 418 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 419 { | |
| 420 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ | |
| 421 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); | |
| 422 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); | |
| 423 } | |
| 424 else | |
| 425 #endif | |
| 426 { | |
| 427 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); | |
| 428 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ | |
| 429 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); | |
| 430 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */ | |
| 431 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ | |
| 432 } | |
| 433 } | |
| 434 | |
| 435 if (cmdchar == 'R') | |
| 436 { | |
| 437 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 438 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 439 { | |
| 440 beep_flush(); | |
| 441 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
| 442 State = INSERT; | |
| 443 } | |
| 444 else | |
| 445 #endif | |
| 446 State = REPLACE; | |
| 447 } | |
| 448 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 449 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 450 { | |
| 451 State = VREPLACE; | |
| 452 replaceState = VREPLACE; | |
| 453 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 454 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
| 455 } | |
| 456 #endif | |
| 457 else | |
| 458 State = INSERT; | |
| 459 | |
| 460 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; | |
| 461 | |
| 462 /* | |
| 463 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is | |
| 464 * on a TAB or special character. | |
| 465 */ | |
| 466 curs_columns(TRUE); | |
| 467 | |
| 468 /* | |
| 469 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. | |
| 470 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the | |
| 471 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated | |
| 472 * when hitting <Esc>. | |
| 473 */ | |
| 474 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
| 475 State |= LANGMAP; | |
| 476 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 477 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); | |
| 478 #endif | |
| 479 | |
| 480 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 481 setmouse(); | |
| 482 #endif | |
| 483 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 484 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 485 #endif | |
| 486 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 487 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ | |
| 488 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
| 489 if (revins_on) | |
| 490 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 491 revins_chars = 0; | |
| 492 revins_legal = 0; | |
| 493 revins_scol = -1; | |
| 494 #endif | |
| 495 | |
| 496 /* | |
| 497 * Handle restarting Insert mode. | |
| 498 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with | |
| 499 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer. | |
| 500 */ | |
| 501 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) | |
| 502 { | |
| 503 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 504 /* | |
| 505 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for | |
| 506 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. | |
| 507 */ | |
| 508 if (where_paste_started.lnum) | |
| 509 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 510 else | |
| 511 #endif | |
| 512 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
| 513 restart_edit = 0; | |
| 514 | |
| 515 /* | |
| 516 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is | |
| 517 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not | |
| 518 * correct in very rare cases). | |
| 519 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual | |
| 520 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". | |
| 521 */ | |
| 522 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 523 update_curswant(); | |
| 230 | 524 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) |
| 7 | 525 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) |
| 526 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) | |
| 527 { | |
| 528 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
| 529 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 530 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 531 else if (has_mbyte) | |
| 532 { | |
| 474 | 533 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 534 if (ptr[i] == NUL) |
| 535 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; | |
| 536 } | |
| 537 #endif | |
| 538 } | |
| 230 | 539 ins_at_eol = FALSE; |
| 7 | 540 } |
| 541 else | |
| 542 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 543 | |
| 544 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ | |
| 545 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; | |
| 546 | |
| 547 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ | |
| 548 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
| 549 | |
| 550 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 551 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; | |
| 552 #endif | |
| 553 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 554 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 555 #endif | |
| 556 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 557 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or | |
| 558 * restarting. */ | |
| 559 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
| 560 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 561 #endif | |
| 562 | |
| 563 /* | |
| 564 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. | |
| 565 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before | |
| 566 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. | |
| 567 */ | |
| 568 i = 0; | |
| 644 | 569 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
| 7 | 570 i = showmode(); |
| 571 | |
| 572 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
| 1473 | 573 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); |
| 7 | 574 |
| 575 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 576 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 577 #endif | |
| 578 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 579 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
| 580 #endif | |
| 581 | |
| 603 | 582 /* |
| 583 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be | |
| 584 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. | |
| 585 */ | |
| 7 | 586 ptr = get_inserted(); |
| 587 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 588 new_insert_skip = 0; | |
| 589 else | |
| 590 { | |
| 591 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 592 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 593 } | |
| 594 | |
| 595 old_indent = 0; | |
| 596 | |
| 597 /* | |
| 598 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. | |
| 599 */ | |
| 600 for (;;) | |
| 601 { | |
| 602 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 603 if (!revins_legal) | |
| 604 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ | |
| 605 else | |
| 606 revins_legal = 0; | |
| 607 #endif | |
| 608 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ | |
| 609 count = 0; | |
| 610 | |
| 611 if (stop_insert_mode) | |
| 612 { | |
| 613 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ | |
| 614 count = 0; | |
| 615 goto doESCkey; | |
| 616 } | |
| 617 | |
| 618 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ | |
| 619 if (!arrow_used) | |
| 620 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 621 | |
| 622 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a | |
| 623 * menu invoked a shell command). */ | |
| 624 if (stuff_empty()) | |
| 625 { | |
| 626 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; | |
| 627 if (need_check_timestamps) | |
| 628 check_timestamps(FALSE); | |
| 629 } | |
| 630 | |
| 631 /* | |
| 632 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. | |
| 633 */ | |
| 634 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 635 | |
| 636 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 637 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to | |
| 638 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an | |
| 639 * autocommand. */ | |
| 640 if (need_mouse_correct) | |
| 641 gui_mouse_correct(); | |
| 642 #endif | |
| 643 | |
| 644 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 645 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ | |
| 646 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) | |
| 647 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 648 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ | |
| 649 if (!char_avail()) | |
| 650 foldCheckClose(); | |
| 651 #endif | |
| 652 | |
| 653 /* | |
| 654 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in | |
| 655 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra | |
| 656 * redraw. | |
| 657 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting | |
| 658 * something. | |
| 659 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has | |
| 660 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). | |
| 661 */ | |
| 662 if (curbuf->b_mod_set | |
| 663 && curwin->w_p_wrap | |
| 664 && !did_backspace | |
| 665 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline | |
| 666 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 667 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill | |
| 668 #endif | |
| 669 ) | |
| 670 { | |
| 671 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 672 validate_cursor_col(); | |
| 673 | |
| 1869 | 674 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts |
| 7 | 675 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) |
| 676 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so | |
| 677 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline | |
| 678 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 679 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 | |
| 680 #endif | |
| 681 )) | |
| 682 { | |
| 683 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 684 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) | |
| 685 --curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 686 else | |
| 687 #endif | |
| 688 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 689 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) | |
| 690 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); | |
| 691 else | |
| 692 #endif | |
| 693 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); | |
| 694 } | |
| 695 } | |
| 696 | |
| 697 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ | |
| 698 update_topline(); | |
| 699 | |
| 700 did_backspace = FALSE; | |
| 701 | |
| 702 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ | |
| 703 | |
| 704 /* | |
| 705 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. | |
| 706 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. | |
| 707 */ | |
| 661 | 708 ins_redraw(TRUE); |
| 7 | 709 |
| 710 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND | |
| 711 if (curwin->w_p_scb) | |
| 712 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); | |
| 713 #endif | |
| 714 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
715 #ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
716 if (curwin->w_p_crb) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
717 do_check_cursorbind(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
718 #endif |
| 7 | 719 update_curswant(); |
| 720 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 721 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 722 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 723 #endif | |
| 724 | |
| 725 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 726 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
| 727 #endif | |
| 728 | |
| 729 /* | |
| 1526 | 730 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE. |
| 7 | 731 */ |
| 732 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */ | |
| 1526 | 733 do |
| 734 { | |
| 735 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
| 736 } while (c == K_IGNORE); | |
| 7 | 737 |
| 978 | 738 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 739 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ | |
| 740 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
| 741 #endif | |
| 742 | |
| 7 | 743 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 744 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 745 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
| 746 #endif | |
| 747 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 748 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 749 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
| 750 #endif | |
| 751 | |
| 752 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 659 | 753 /* |
| 754 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted | |
| 897 | 755 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is |
| 756 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. | |
| 659 | 757 */ |
| 897 | 758 if (compl_started |
| 759 && pum_wanted() | |
| 760 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col | |
| 761 && (compl_shown_match == NULL | |
| 762 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) | |
| 659 | 763 { |
| 764 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ | |
| 765 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
| 836 | 766 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col |
| 767 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) | |
| 657 | 768 continue; |
| 769 | |
| 659 | 770 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ |
| 771 if (!compl_used_match) | |
| 657 | 772 { |
| 659 | 773 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to |
| 836 | 774 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and |
| 775 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ | |
| 776 if (c == Ctrl_L | |
| 777 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE | |
| 1872 | 778 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) |
| 836 | 779 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) |
| 659 | 780 { |
| 781 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); | |
| 782 continue; | |
| 783 } | |
| 784 | |
| 1430 | 785 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current |
| 786 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ | |
| 787 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) | |
| 659 | 788 { |
| 3390 | 789 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 790 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ | |
| 791 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); | |
| 792 char_u *p; | |
| 793 | |
| 794 if (str != NULL) | |
| 795 { | |
| 796 for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 797 ins_compl_addleader(PTR2CHAR(p)); | |
| 798 vim_free(str); | |
| 799 } | |
| 800 else | |
| 801 #endif | |
| 802 ins_compl_addleader(c); | |
| 659 | 803 continue; |
| 804 } | |
| 665 | 805 |
| 887 | 806 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When |
| 825 | 807 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ |
| 808 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
| 809 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
| 665 | 810 { |
| 811 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 812 ins_compl_insert(); | |
| 813 } | |
| 657 | 814 } |
| 815 } | |
| 816 | |
| 7 | 817 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but |
| 818 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ | |
| 665 | 819 compl_get_longest = FALSE; |
| 1526 | 820 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) |
| 657 | 821 continue; |
| 7 | 822 #endif |
| 823 | |
| 477 | 824 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, |
| 825 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', | |
| 826 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ | |
| 7 | 827 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) |
| 828 { | |
| 829 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 830 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 831 ++no_mapping; |
| 832 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 833 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 834 --no_mapping; |
| 835 --allow_keys; | |
| 477 | 836 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) |
| 7 | 837 { |
| 477 | 838 /* it's something else */ |
| 7 | 839 vungetc(c); |
| 840 c = Ctrl_BSL; | |
| 841 } | |
| 842 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) | |
| 843 continue; | |
| 844 else | |
| 845 { | |
| 477 | 846 if (c == Ctrl_O) |
| 847 { | |
| 848 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
| 849 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ | |
| 850 nomove = TRUE; | |
| 851 } | |
| 7 | 852 count = 0; |
| 853 goto doESCkey; | |
| 854 } | |
| 855 } | |
| 856 | |
| 857 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 858 c = do_digraph(c); | |
| 859 #endif | |
| 860 | |
| 861 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 862 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 863 goto docomplete; | |
| 864 #endif | |
| 865 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) | |
| 866 { | |
| 867 ins_ctrl_v(); | |
| 868 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ | |
| 869 continue; | |
| 870 } | |
| 871 | |
| 872 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 873 if (cindent_on() | |
| 874 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 875 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
| 876 # endif | |
| 877 ) | |
| 878 { | |
| 879 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be | |
| 880 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. | |
| 881 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be | |
| 882 * done before inserting the key. */ | |
| 883 line_is_white = inindent(0); | |
| 884 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) | |
| 885 goto force_cindent; | |
| 886 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) | |
| 887 && stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 888 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 889 } | |
| 890 #endif | |
| 891 | |
| 892 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 893 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 894 switch (c) | |
| 895 { | |
| 896 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; | |
| 897 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; | |
| 898 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; | |
| 899 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; | |
| 900 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; | |
| 901 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; | |
| 902 } | |
| 903 #endif | |
| 904 | |
| 905 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 906 /* | |
| 907 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it | |
| 908 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these | |
| 909 * characters. | |
| 910 */ | |
| 911 if (ins_start_select(c)) | |
| 912 continue; | |
| 913 #endif | |
| 914 | |
| 915 /* | |
| 916 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. | |
| 917 */ | |
| 918 switch (c) | |
| 919 { | |
| 449 | 920 case ESC: /* End input mode */ |
| 7 | 921 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) |
| 922 break; | |
| 923 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
| 924 | |
| 449 | 925 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ |
| 7 | 926 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN |
| 927 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 928 { | |
| 929 /* Close the cmdline window. */ | |
| 930 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; | |
| 931 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ | |
| 929 | 932 nomove = TRUE; |
| 7 | 933 goto doESCkey; |
| 934 } | |
| 935 #endif | |
| 936 | |
| 937 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 938 do_intr: | |
| 939 #endif | |
| 940 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave | |
| 941 * Insert mode */ | |
| 942 if (goto_im()) | |
| 943 { | |
| 944 if (got_int) | |
| 945 { | |
| 946 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ | |
| 947 got_int = FALSE; | |
| 948 } | |
| 949 else | |
| 950 vim_beep(); | |
| 951 break; | |
| 952 } | |
| 953 doESCkey: | |
| 954 /* | |
| 955 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! | |
| 956 */ | |
| 957 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line | |
| 958 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ | |
| 230 | 959 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) |
| 7 | 960 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 961 | |
| 477 | 962 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) |
| 11 | 963 { |
| 964 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 965 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 966 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, | |
| 967 FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 993 | 968 did_cursorhold = FALSE; |
| 11 | 969 #endif |
| 7 | 970 return (c == Ctrl_O); |
| 11 | 971 } |
| 7 | 972 continue; |
| 973 | |
| 449 | 974 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ |
| 975 if (!p_im) | |
| 976 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ | |
| 977 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r"); | |
| 978 c = Ctrl_O; | |
| 979 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
| 980 | |
| 981 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ | |
| 502 | 982 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 523 | 983 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
| 449 | 984 goto docomplete; |
| 985 #endif | |
| 986 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 987 break; | |
| 988 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
| 853 | 989 |
| 990 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 991 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ | |
| 992 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) | |
| 993 { | |
| 994 ins_at_eol = FALSE; | |
| 995 nomove = TRUE; | |
| 996 } | |
| 997 #endif | |
| 449 | 998 count = 0; |
| 999 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1000 | |
| 464 | 1001 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ |
| 1002 case K_KINS: | |
| 1003 ins_insert(replaceState); | |
| 1004 break; | |
| 1005 | |
| 1006 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ | |
| 1007 break; | |
| 1008 | |
| 449 | 1009 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF |
| 1010 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */ | |
| 1011 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF); | |
| 1012 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1013 #endif | |
| 1014 | |
| 1015 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ | |
| 1016 case K_F1: | |
| 1017 case K_XF1: | |
| 1018 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); | |
| 1019 if (p_im) | |
| 1020 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; | |
| 1021 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 1024 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ | |
| 1025 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
| 1389 | 1026 i = plain_vgetc(); |
| 449 | 1027 --no_mapping; |
| 1028 netbeans_keycommand(i); | |
| 1029 break; | |
| 1030 #endif | |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ | |
| 7 | 1033 case NUL: |
| 1034 case Ctrl_A: | |
| 449 | 1035 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an |
| 1036 * error. */ | |
| 7 | 1037 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL |
| 1038 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) | |
| 1039 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ | |
| 1040 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1041 break; | |
| 1042 | |
| 449 | 1043 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ |
| 7 | 1044 ins_reg(); |
| 1045 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1046 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1047 break; | |
| 1048 | |
| 449 | 1049 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ |
| 7 | 1050 ins_ctrl_g(); |
| 1051 break; | |
| 1052 | |
| 449 | 1053 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ |
| 1054 ins_ctrl_hat(); | |
| 7 | 1055 break; |
| 1056 | |
| 1057 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 449 | 1058 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ |
| 7 | 1059 if (!p_ari) |
| 1060 goto normalchar; | |
| 1061 ins_ctrl_(); | |
| 1062 break; | |
| 1063 #endif | |
| 1064 | |
| 449 | 1065 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ |
| 7 | 1066 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
| 1067 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
| 1068 goto docomplete; | |
| 1069 #endif | |
| 1070 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1071 | |
| 449 | 1072 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ |
| 7 | 1073 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1074 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 1075 { | |
| 449 | 1076 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) |
| 1077 goto docomplete; | |
| 1078 break; | |
| 7 | 1079 } |
| 1080 # endif | |
| 1081 ins_shift(c, lastc); | |
| 1082 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1083 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1084 break; | |
| 1085 | |
| 449 | 1086 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1087 case K_KDEL: |
| 1088 ins_del(); | |
| 1089 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1090 break; | |
| 1091 | |
| 449 | 1092 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1093 case Ctrl_H: |
| 1094 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); | |
| 1095 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1096 break; | |
| 1097 | |
| 449 | 1098 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1099 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); |
| 1100 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1101 break; | |
| 1102 | |
| 449 | 1103 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ |
| 12 | 1104 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 1105 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ | |
| 449 | 1106 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) |
| 12 | 1107 goto docomplete; |
| 1108 # endif | |
| 7 | 1109 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); |
| 1110 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1111 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1112 break; | |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 449 | 1115 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ |
| 7 | 1116 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: |
| 1117 case K_LEFTDRAG: | |
| 1118 case K_LEFTRELEASE: | |
| 1119 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: | |
| 1120 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: | |
| 1121 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: | |
| 1122 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: | |
| 1123 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: | |
| 1124 case K_RIGHTDRAG: | |
| 1125 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: | |
| 1126 case K_X1MOUSE: | |
| 1127 case K_X1DRAG: | |
| 1128 case K_X1RELEASE: | |
| 1129 case K_X2MOUSE: | |
| 1130 case K_X2DRAG: | |
| 1131 case K_X2RELEASE: | |
| 1132 ins_mouse(c); | |
| 1133 break; | |
| 1134 | |
| 449 | 1135 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1136 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_DOWN); |
| 7 | 1137 break; |
| 1138 | |
| 449 | 1139 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1140 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_UP); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1141 break; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1142 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1143 case K_MOUSELEFT: /* Scroll wheel left */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1144 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_LEFT); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1145 break; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1146 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1147 case K_MOUSERIGHT: /* Scroll wheel right */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1148 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_RIGHT); |
| 7 | 1149 break; |
| 1150 #endif | |
| 692 | 1151 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 1152 case K_TABLINE: | |
| 1153 case K_TABMENU: | |
| 1154 ins_tabline(c); | |
| 1155 break; | |
| 1156 #endif | |
| 7 | 1157 |
| 449 | 1158 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ |
| 7 | 1159 break; |
| 1160 | |
| 661 | 1161 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1162 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ | |
| 1163 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 1164 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
| 1165 break; | |
| 1166 #endif | |
| 1167 | |
| 625 | 1168 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 |
| 1169 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was | |
| 1170 * cancelled. */ | |
| 1171 case K_F4: | |
| 1172 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) | |
| 1173 goto normalchar; | |
| 1174 break; | |
| 1175 #endif | |
| 1176 | |
| 7 | 1177 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 1178 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: | |
| 1179 ins_scroll(); | |
| 1180 break; | |
| 1181 | |
| 1182 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: | |
| 1183 ins_horscroll(); | |
| 1184 break; | |
| 1185 #endif | |
| 1186 | |
| 449 | 1187 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ |
| 7 | 1188 case K_KHOME: |
| 1189 case K_S_HOME: | |
| 1190 case K_C_HOME: | |
| 1191 ins_home(c); | |
| 1192 break; | |
| 1193 | |
| 449 | 1194 case K_END: /* <End> */ |
| 7 | 1195 case K_KEND: |
| 1196 case K_S_END: | |
| 1197 case K_C_END: | |
| 1198 ins_end(c); | |
| 1199 break; | |
| 1200 | |
| 449 | 1201 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ |
| 180 | 1202 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
| 1203 ins_s_left(); | |
| 1204 else | |
| 1205 ins_left(); | |
| 7 | 1206 break; |
| 1207 | |
| 449 | 1208 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ |
| 7 | 1209 case K_C_LEFT: |
| 1210 ins_s_left(); | |
| 1211 break; | |
| 1212 | |
| 449 | 1213 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ |
| 180 | 1214 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
| 1215 ins_s_right(); | |
| 1216 else | |
| 1217 ins_right(); | |
| 7 | 1218 break; |
| 1219 | |
| 449 | 1220 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ |
| 7 | 1221 case K_C_RIGHT: |
| 1222 ins_s_right(); | |
| 1223 break; | |
| 1224 | |
| 449 | 1225 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ |
| 665 | 1226 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1227 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 1228 goto docomplete; | |
| 1229 #endif | |
| 180 | 1230 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 1231 ins_pageup(); | |
| 1232 else | |
| 1233 ins_up(FALSE); | |
| 7 | 1234 break; |
| 1235 | |
| 449 | 1236 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ |
| 7 | 1237 case K_PAGEUP: |
| 1238 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 613 | 1239 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 610 | 1240 if (pum_visible()) |
| 1241 goto docomplete; | |
| 613 | 1242 #endif |
| 7 | 1243 ins_pageup(); |
| 1244 break; | |
| 1245 | |
| 449 | 1246 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ |
| 665 | 1247 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1248 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 1249 goto docomplete; | |
| 1250 #endif | |
| 180 | 1251 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 1252 ins_pagedown(); | |
| 1253 else | |
| 1254 ins_down(FALSE); | |
| 7 | 1255 break; |
| 1256 | |
| 449 | 1257 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ |
| 7 | 1258 case K_PAGEDOWN: |
| 1259 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 613 | 1260 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 610 | 1261 if (pum_visible()) |
| 1262 goto docomplete; | |
| 613 | 1263 #endif |
| 7 | 1264 ins_pagedown(); |
| 1265 break; | |
| 1266 | |
| 1267 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 449 | 1268 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ |
| 7 | 1269 ins_drop(); |
| 1270 break; | |
| 1271 #endif | |
| 1272 | |
| 449 | 1273 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ |
| 7 | 1274 c = TAB; |
| 1275 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1276 | |
| 449 | 1277 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ |
| 7 | 1278 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
| 1279 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
| 1280 goto docomplete; | |
| 1281 #endif | |
| 1282 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1283 if (ins_tab()) | |
| 1284 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ | |
| 1285 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1286 break; | |
| 1287 | |
| 449 | 1288 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ |
| 7 | 1289 c = CAR; |
| 1290 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1291 case CAR: | |
| 1292 case NL: | |
| 1293 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) | |
| 1294 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the | |
| 1295 * cursor. */ | |
| 1296 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) | |
| 1297 { | |
| 644 | 1298 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ |
| 1299 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); | |
| 1300 else /* location list window */ | |
| 1301 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); | |
| 7 | 1302 break; |
| 1303 } | |
| 1304 #endif | |
| 1305 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 1306 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 1307 { | |
| 1308 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ | |
| 1309 cmdwin_result = CAR; | |
| 1310 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1311 } | |
| 1312 #endif | |
| 1313 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) | |
| 1314 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ | |
| 1315 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 1316 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1317 break; | |
| 1318 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1319 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) |
| 449 | 1320 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ |
| 7 | 1321 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1322 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) | |
| 1323 { | |
| 449 | 1324 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) |
| 1325 goto docomplete; | |
| 1326 break; | |
| 7 | 1327 } |
| 1328 # endif | |
| 1329 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 1330 c = ins_digraph(); | |
| 1331 if (c == NUL) | |
| 1332 break; | |
| 1333 # endif | |
| 1334 goto normalchar; | |
| 449 | 1335 #endif |
| 7 | 1336 |
| 1337 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 464 | 1338 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ |
| 1339 ins_ctrl_x(); | |
| 1340 break; | |
| 1341 | |
| 449 | 1342 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1343 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) |
| 1344 goto normalchar; | |
| 1345 goto docomplete; | |
| 1346 | |
| 449 | 1347 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1348 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) |
| 1349 goto normalchar; | |
| 1350 goto docomplete; | |
| 477 | 1351 |
| 1352 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ | |
| 1353 case Ctrl_S: | |
| 1354 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) | |
| 1355 goto normalchar; | |
| 1356 goto docomplete; | |
| 7 | 1357 #endif |
| 1358 | |
| 449 | 1359 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1360 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1361 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 1362 #endif | |
| 1363 { | |
| 1364 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ | |
| 1365 if (p_im) | |
| 1366 { | |
| 1367 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 1368 break; | |
| 1369 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1370 } | |
| 1371 goto normalchar; | |
| 1372 } | |
| 1373 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1374 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1375 | |
| 449 | 1376 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ |
| 7 | 1377 case Ctrl_N: |
| 1378 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, | |
| 1379 * but it is under other ^X modes */ | |
| 1380 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL | |
| 1381 && ctrl_x_mode != 0 | |
| 449 | 1382 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) |
| 7 | 1383 goto normalchar; |
| 1384 | |
| 1385 docomplete: | |
| 1927 | 1386 compl_busy = TRUE; |
| 7 | 1387 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL) |
| 449 | 1388 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 1927 | 1389 compl_busy = FALSE; |
| 7 | 1390 break; |
| 1391 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
| 1392 | |
| 449 | 1393 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ |
| 1394 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ | |
| 1395 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); | |
| 7 | 1396 break; |
| 1397 | |
| 1398 default: | |
| 1399 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 1400 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ | |
| 1401 goto do_intr; | |
| 1402 #endif | |
| 1403 | |
| 2845 | 1404 normalchar: |
| 7 | 1405 /* |
| 1406 * Insert a nomal character. | |
| 1407 */ | |
| 2845 | 1408 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1409 if (!p_paste) | |
| 1410 { | |
| 3390 | 1411 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ |
| 1412 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); | |
| 1413 char_u *p; | |
| 1414 | |
| 1415 if (str != NULL) | |
| 2845 | 1416 { |
| 3390 | 1417 if (*str != NUL && stop_arrow() != FAIL) |
| 2845 | 1418 { |
| 3390 | 1419 /* Insert the new value of v:char literally. */ |
| 1420 for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 2845 | 1421 { |
| 3390 | 1422 c = PTR2CHAR(p); |
| 1423 if (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) | |
| 1424 ins_eol(c); | |
| 1425 else | |
| 1426 ins_char(c); | |
| 2845 | 1427 } |
| 3390 | 1428 AppendToRedobuffLit(str, -1); |
| 2845 | 1429 } |
| 3390 | 1430 vim_free(str); |
| 1431 c = NUL; | |
| 2845 | 1432 } |
| 1433 | |
| 3390 | 1434 /* If the new value is already inserted or an empty string |
| 1435 * then don't insert any character. */ | |
| 2845 | 1436 if (c == NUL) |
| 1437 break; | |
| 1438 } | |
| 1439 #endif | |
| 7 | 1440 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 1441 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ | |
| 1442 ins_try_si(c); | |
| 1443 #endif | |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 if (c == ' ') | |
| 1446 { | |
| 1447 inserted_space = TRUE; | |
| 1448 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1449 if (inindent(0)) | |
| 1450 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 1451 #endif | |
| 1452 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL | |
| 1453 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
| 1454 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
| 1455 } | |
| 1456 | |
| 3448 | 1457 /* Insert a normal character and check for abbreviations on a |
| 1458 * special character. Let CTRL-] expand abbreviations without | |
| 1459 * inserting it. */ | |
| 1460 if (vim_iswordc(c) || (!echeck_abbr( | |
| 7 | 1461 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 1462 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is | |
| 1463 * what check_abbr() expects. */ | |
| 1464 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : | |
| 1465 #endif | |
| 3584 | 1466 c) && c != Ctrl_RSB)) |
| 7 | 1467 { |
| 1468 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 1469 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1470 revins_legal++; | |
| 1471 revins_chars++; | |
| 1472 #endif | |
| 1473 } | |
| 1474 | |
| 1475 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1476 | |
| 1477 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1478 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a | |
| 1479 * closed fold. */ | |
| 1480 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 1481 #endif | |
| 1482 break; | |
| 1483 } /* end of switch (c) */ | |
| 1484 | |
| 978 | 1485 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1486 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ | |
| 1487 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) | |
| 1488 did_cursorhold = FALSE; | |
| 1489 #endif | |
| 1490 | |
| 7 | 1491 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ |
| 1492 if (arrow_used) | |
| 1493 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1494 | |
| 1495 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1496 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() | |
| 1497 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1498 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
| 1499 # endif | |
| 1500 ) | |
| 1501 { | |
| 1502 force_cindent: | |
| 1503 /* | |
| 1504 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 1505 */ | |
| 1506 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) | |
| 1507 { | |
| 1508 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 1509 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
| 1510 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 1511 } | |
| 1512 } | |
| 1513 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 1514 | |
| 1515 } /* for (;;) */ | |
| 1516 /* NOTREACHED */ | |
| 1517 } | |
| 1518 | |
| 1519 /* | |
| 1520 * Redraw for Insert mode. | |
| 1521 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' | |
| 1522 * option work correctly. | |
| 1523 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up | |
| 1524 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). | |
| 1525 */ | |
| 1526 static void | |
| 661 | 1527 ins_redraw(ready) |
| 1876 | 1528 int ready UNUSED; /* not busy with something */ |
| 7 | 1529 { |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1530 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1531 linenr_T conceal_old_cursor_line = 0; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1532 linenr_T conceal_new_cursor_line = 0; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1533 int conceal_update_lines = FALSE; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1534 #endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1535 |
| 7 | 1536 if (!char_avail()) |
| 1537 { | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1538 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
| 794 | 1539 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is |
| 1540 * visible, the command might delete it. */ | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1541 if (ready && ( |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1542 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1543 has_cursormovedI() |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1544 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1545 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1546 || |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1547 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1548 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1549 curwin->w_p_cole > 0 |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1550 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1551 ) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1552 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) |
| 794 | 1553 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1554 && !pum_visible() |
| 794 | 1555 # endif |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1556 ) |
| 661 | 1557 { |
| 1506 | 1558 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 1559 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax | |
| 1560 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting | |
| 1561 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done | |
| 1562 * again below, unfortunately. */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1563 if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw) |
| 1506 | 1564 update_screen(0); |
| 1565 # endif | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1566 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1567 if (has_cursormovedI()) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1568 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1569 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1570 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1571 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0) |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1572 { |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1573 conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1574 conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1575 conceal_update_lines = TRUE; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1576 } |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1577 # endif |
| 661 | 1578 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 1579 } | |
| 1580 #endif | |
| 7 | 1581 if (must_redraw) |
| 1582 update_screen(0); | |
| 1583 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
| 1584 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1585 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1586 if ((conceal_update_lines |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1587 && (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1588 || conceal_cursor_line(curwin))) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1589 || need_cursor_line_redraw) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1590 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1591 if (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1592 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line); |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1593 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line == 0 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1594 ? curwin->w_cursor.lnum : conceal_new_cursor_line); |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1595 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1596 } |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1597 # endif |
| 7 | 1598 showruler(FALSE); |
| 1599 setcursor(); | |
| 1600 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ | |
| 1601 } | |
| 1602 } | |
| 1603 | |
| 1604 /* | |
| 1605 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. | |
| 1606 */ | |
| 1607 static void | |
| 1608 ins_ctrl_v() | |
| 1609 { | |
| 1610 int c; | |
| 2811 | 1611 int did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 1612 |
| 1613 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 1614 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 1615 |
| 1616 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 2811 | 1617 { |
| 7 | 1618 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); |
| 2811 | 1619 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 1620 } | |
| 7 | 1621 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ |
| 1622 | |
| 1623 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 1624 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); | |
| 1625 #endif | |
| 1626 | |
| 1627 c = get_literal(); | |
| 2811 | 1628 if (did_putchar) |
| 1629 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '^' is at the start of the next | |
| 1630 * line and will not removed by the redraw */ | |
| 1631 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 7 | 1632 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 1633 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 1634 #endif | |
| 1635 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1636 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1637 revins_chars++; | |
| 1638 revins_legal++; | |
| 1639 #endif | |
| 1640 } | |
| 1641 | |
| 1642 /* | |
| 1643 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. | |
| 1644 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. | |
| 1645 */ | |
| 1646 static int pc_status; | |
| 1647 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ | |
| 1648 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ | |
| 1649 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ | |
| 1650 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ | |
| 1651 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ | |
| 1652 static int pc_attr; | |
| 1653 static int pc_row; | |
| 1654 static int pc_col; | |
| 1655 | |
| 1656 void | |
| 1657 edit_putchar(c, highlight) | |
| 1658 int c; | |
| 1659 int highlight; | |
| 1660 { | |
| 1661 int attr; | |
| 1662 | |
| 1663 if (ScreenLines != NULL) | |
| 1664 { | |
| 1665 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ | |
| 1666 validate_cursor(); | |
| 1667 if (highlight) | |
| 1668 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 1669 else | |
| 1670 attr = 0; | |
| 1671 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; | |
| 1672 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin); | |
| 1673 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1674 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 1675 #endif | |
| 1676 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1677 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 1678 { | |
| 1679 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1680 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1681 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1682 { | |
| 1683 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); | |
| 1684 | |
| 1685 if (fix_col != pc_col) | |
| 1686 { | |
| 1687 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); | |
| 1688 --curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1689 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; | |
| 1690 } | |
| 1691 } | |
| 1692 # endif | |
| 1693 } | |
| 1694 else | |
| 1695 #endif | |
| 1696 { | |
| 1697 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1698 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1699 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) | |
| 1700 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; | |
| 1701 #endif | |
| 1702 } | |
| 1703 | |
| 1704 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ | |
| 1705 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1706 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) | |
| 1707 #endif | |
| 1708 { | |
| 1709 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); | |
| 1710 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; | |
| 1711 } | |
| 1712 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); | |
| 1713 } | |
| 1714 } | |
| 1715 | |
| 1716 /* | |
| 1717 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). | |
| 1718 */ | |
| 1719 void | |
| 1720 edit_unputchar() | |
| 1721 { | |
| 1722 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) | |
| 1723 { | |
| 1724 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1725 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) | |
| 1726 ++curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1727 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) | |
| 1728 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1729 else | |
| 1730 #endif | |
| 1731 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); | |
| 1732 } | |
| 1733 } | |
| 1734 | |
| 1735 /* | |
| 1736 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text | |
| 1737 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. | |
| 1738 */ | |
| 1739 void | |
| 1740 display_dollar(col) | |
| 1741 colnr_T col; | |
| 1742 { | |
| 1743 colnr_T save_col; | |
| 1744 | |
| 1745 if (!redrawing()) | |
| 1746 return; | |
| 1747 | |
| 1748 cursor_off(); | |
| 1749 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1750 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 1751 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1752 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1753 { | |
| 1754 char_u *p; | |
| 1755 | |
| 1756 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ | |
| 1757 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1758 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); | |
| 1759 } | |
| 1760 #endif | |
| 1761 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ | |
| 1762 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin)) | |
| 1763 { | |
| 1764 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); | |
| 1765 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 1766 } | |
| 1767 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; | |
| 1768 } | |
| 1769 | |
| 1770 /* | |
| 1771 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position | |
| 1772 * in insert mode. | |
| 1773 */ | |
| 1774 static void | |
| 1775 undisplay_dollar() | |
| 1776 { | |
| 3318 | 1777 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) |
| 1778 { | |
| 1779 dollar_vcol = -1; | |
| 7 | 1780 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); |
| 1781 } | |
| 1782 } | |
| 1783 | |
| 1784 /* | |
| 1785 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). | |
| 1786 * Keep the cursor on the same character. | |
| 1787 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) | |
| 1788 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) | |
| 1789 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" | |
| 1790 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). | |
| 1791 */ | |
| 1792 void | |
| 1516 | 1793 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes) |
| 7 | 1794 int type; |
| 1795 int amount; | |
| 1796 int round; | |
| 1797 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ | |
| 1516 | 1798 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ |
| 7 | 1799 { |
| 1800 int vcol; | |
| 1801 int last_vcol; | |
| 1802 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ | |
| 1803 int new_cursor_col; | |
| 1804 int i; | |
| 1805 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1806 int save_p_list; | |
| 1807 int start_col; | |
| 1808 colnr_T vc; | |
| 1809 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1810 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1811 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1812 | |
| 1813 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ | |
| 1814 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1815 { | |
| 1816 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ | |
| 1817 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1818 } | |
| 1819 #endif | |
| 1820 | |
| 1821 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ | |
| 1822 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 1823 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 1824 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 1825 vcol = vc; | |
| 1826 | |
| 1827 /* | |
| 1828 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only | |
| 1829 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of | |
| 1830 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. | |
| 1831 */ | |
| 1832 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1833 | |
| 1834 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ | |
| 1835 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1836 beginline(BL_WHITE); | |
| 1837 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1838 | |
| 1839 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 /* | |
| 1842 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the | |
| 1843 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. | |
| 1844 */ | |
| 1845 if (new_cursor_col < 0) | |
| 1846 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
| 1847 | |
| 1848 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ | |
| 1849 start_col = -1; | |
| 1850 | |
| 1851 /* | |
| 1852 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. | |
| 1853 */ | |
| 1854 if (type == INDENT_SET) | |
| 1516 | 1855 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); |
| 7 | 1856 else |
| 1857 { | |
| 1858 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1859 int save_State = State; | |
| 1860 | |
| 1861 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ | |
| 1862 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1863 State = INSERT; | |
| 1864 #endif | |
| 1516 | 1865 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); |
| 7 | 1866 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 1867 State = save_State; | |
| 1868 #endif | |
| 1869 } | |
| 1870 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1871 | |
| 1872 /* | |
| 1873 * Try to put cursor on same character. | |
| 1874 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, | |
| 1875 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first | |
| 1876 * non-blank character. | |
| 1877 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. | |
| 1878 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative | |
| 1879 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. | |
| 1880 */ | |
| 1881 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
| 1882 { | |
| 1883 /* | |
| 1884 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset | |
| 1885 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
| 1886 */ | |
| 1887 if (new_cursor_col == 0) | |
| 1888 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
| 1889 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1890 } | |
| 1891 else if (!(State & INSERT)) | |
| 1892 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1893 else | |
| 1894 { | |
| 1895 /* | |
| 1896 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. | |
| 1897 */ | |
| 1898 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
| 1869 | 1899 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); |
| 7 | 1900 |
| 1901 /* | |
| 1902 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. | |
| 1903 */ | |
| 1904 vcol = last_vcol = 0; | |
| 1905 new_cursor_col = -1; | |
| 1906 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1907 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 1908 { | |
| 1909 last_vcol = vcol; | |
| 1910 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1911 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
| 474 | 1912 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); |
| 7 | 1913 else |
| 1914 #endif | |
| 1915 ++new_cursor_col; | |
| 1916 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); | |
| 1917 } | |
| 1918 vcol = last_vcol; | |
| 1919 | |
| 1920 /* | |
| 1921 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on | |
| 1922 * the right screen column. | |
| 1923 */ | |
| 1924 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 1925 { | |
| 1869 | 1926 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
| 7 | 1927 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; |
| 1869 | 1928 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); |
| 7 | 1929 if (ptr != NULL) |
| 1930 { | |
| 1931 new_cursor_col += i; | |
| 1932 ptr[i] = NUL; | |
| 1933 while (--i >= 0) | |
| 1934 ptr[i] = ' '; | |
| 1935 ins_str(ptr); | |
| 1936 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 1937 } | |
| 1938 } | |
| 1939 | |
| 1940 /* | |
| 1941 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset | |
| 1942 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
| 1943 */ | |
| 1944 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
| 1945 } | |
| 1946 | |
| 1947 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; | |
| 1948 | |
| 1949 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) | |
| 1950 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 1951 else | |
| 1869 | 1952 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
| 7 | 1953 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; |
| 1954 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 1955 | |
| 1956 /* | |
| 1957 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. | |
| 1958 */ | |
| 1959 if (State & INSERT) | |
| 1960 { | |
| 1961 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) | |
| 1962 { | |
| 1963 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) | |
| 1964 Insstart.col = 0; | |
| 1965 else | |
| 1966 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; | |
| 1967 } | |
| 1968 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) | |
| 1969 ai_col = 0; | |
| 1970 else | |
| 1971 ai_col -= insstart_less; | |
| 1972 } | |
| 1973 | |
| 1974 /* | |
| 1975 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. | |
| 1976 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a | |
| 1977 * few characters from the replace stack. | |
| 1978 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a | |
| 1979 * few NULs onto the replace stack. | |
| 1980 */ | |
| 1981 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) | |
| 1982 { | |
| 1983 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 1984 { | |
| 1985 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
| 1986 --start_col; | |
| 1987 } | |
| 1988 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) | |
| 1989 { | |
| 1990 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1991 if (replaced) | |
| 1992 { | |
| 1993 replace_push(replaced); | |
| 1994 replaced = NUL; | |
| 1995 } | |
| 1996 ++start_col; | |
| 1997 } | |
| 1998 } | |
| 1999 | |
| 2000 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 2001 /* | |
| 2002 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case | |
| 2003 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then | |
| 2004 * put it back again the way we wanted it. | |
| 2005 */ | |
| 2006 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2007 { | |
| 2008 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, | |
| 2009 * even if you can't backspace. */ | |
| 2010 if (orig_line == NULL) | |
| 2011 return; | |
| 2012 | |
| 2013 /* Save new line */ | |
| 2014 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 2015 if (new_line == NULL) | |
| 2016 return; | |
| 2017 | |
| 2018 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ | |
| 2019 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 /* Put back original line */ | |
| 2022 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); | |
| 2023 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
| 2024 | |
| 2025 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ | |
| 2026 backspace_until_column(0); | |
| 2027 | |
| 2028 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
| 2029 ins_bytes(new_line); | |
| 2030 | |
| 2031 vim_free(new_line); | |
| 2032 } | |
| 2033 #endif | |
| 2034 } | |
| 2035 | |
| 2036 /* | |
| 2037 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an | |
| 2038 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
| 2039 * modes. | |
| 2040 */ | |
| 2041 void | |
| 2042 truncate_spaces(line) | |
| 2043 char_u *line; | |
| 2044 { | |
| 2045 int i; | |
| 2046 | |
| 2047 /* find start of trailing white space */ | |
| 2048 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--) | |
| 2049 { | |
| 2050 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2051 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
| 2052 } | |
| 2053 line[i + 1] = NUL; | |
| 2054 } | |
| 2055 | |
| 2056 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
| 2057 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2058 /* | |
| 2059 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
| 2060 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. | |
| 1782 | 2061 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing |
| 2062 * character. | |
| 7 | 2063 */ |
| 2064 void | |
| 2065 backspace_until_column(col) | |
| 2066 int col; | |
| 2067 { | |
| 2068 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) | |
| 2069 { | |
| 2070 curwin->w_cursor.col--; | |
| 2071 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1782 | 2072 replace_do_bs(col); |
| 2073 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) | |
| 2074 break; | |
| 2075 } | |
| 2076 } | |
| 2077 #endif | |
| 2078 | |
| 2079 /* | |
| 2080 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". | |
| 2081 * Only matters when there are composing characters. | |
| 2082 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. | |
| 2083 */ | |
| 2084 static int | |
| 2085 del_char_after_col(limit_col) | |
| 1876 | 2086 int limit_col UNUSED; |
| 1782 | 2087 { |
| 2088 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2089 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) | |
| 2090 { | |
| 1869 | 2091 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; |
| 1782 | 2092 |
| 2093 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but | |
| 2094 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a | |
| 2095 * composing character. */ | |
| 2096 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 1796 | 2097 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) |
| 1782 | 2098 { |
| 2099 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 2100 | |
| 2101 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ | |
| 2102 break; | |
| 2103 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
| 2104 } | |
| 2105 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) | |
| 2106 return FALSE; | |
| 1869 | 2107 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); |
| 1782 | 2108 } |
| 2109 else | |
| 2110 #endif | |
| 2111 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 2112 return TRUE; | |
| 2113 } | |
| 7 | 2114 |
| 2115 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2116 /* | |
| 449 | 2117 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. |
| 2118 */ | |
| 2119 static void | |
| 2120 ins_ctrl_x() | |
| 2121 { | |
| 2122 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X | |
| 2123 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ | |
| 2124 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 2125 { | |
| 2126 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset | |
| 2127 * compl_cont_status */ | |
| 2128 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) | |
| 665 | 2129 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; |
| 449 | 2130 else |
| 2131 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 2132 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ | |
| 2133 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; | |
| 2134 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
| 2135 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 2136 showmode(); | |
| 2137 } | |
| 2138 } | |
| 2139 | |
| 2140 /* | |
| 2141 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. | |
| 2142 */ | |
| 2143 static int | |
| 2144 has_compl_option(dict_opt) | |
| 2145 int dict_opt; | |
| 2146 { | |
| 703 | 2147 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL |
| 744 | 2148 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 2149 && !curwin->w_p_spell | |
| 2150 # endif | |
| 2151 ) | |
| 449 | 2152 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) |
| 2153 { | |
| 2154 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 2155 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 2156 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") | |
| 2157 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), | |
| 2158 hl_attr(HLF_E)); | |
| 2159 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 2160 { | |
| 2161 vim_beep(); | |
| 2162 setcursor(); | |
| 2163 out_flush(); | |
| 2164 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); | |
| 2165 } | |
| 2166 return FALSE; | |
| 2167 } | |
| 2168 return TRUE; | |
| 2169 } | |
| 2170 | |
| 2171 /* | |
| 7 | 2172 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? |
| 2173 * This depends on the current mode. | |
| 2174 */ | |
| 2175 int | |
| 2176 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) | |
| 2177 int c; | |
| 2178 { | |
| 2179 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ | |
| 2180 if (c == Ctrl_R) | |
| 2181 return TRUE; | |
| 2182 | |
| 610 | 2183 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ |
| 644 | 2184 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) |
| 610 | 2185 return TRUE; |
| 2186 | |
| 7 | 2187 switch (ctrl_x_mode) |
| 2188 { | |
| 2189 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ | |
| 2190 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); | |
| 2191 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: | |
| 449 | 2192 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E |
| 7 | 2193 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB |
| 2194 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P | |
| 2195 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V | |
| 477 | 2196 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O |
| 3229 | 2197 || c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_K || c == 's'); |
| 7 | 2198 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: |
| 2199 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); | |
| 2200 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
| 2201 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2202 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 2203 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2204 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
| 2205 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2206 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
| 2207 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2208 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
| 2209 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2210 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 2211 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
| 2212 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2213 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
| 2214 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2215 #endif | |
| 2216 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 2217 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N | |
| 2218 || c == Ctrl_X); | |
| 12 | 2219 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 2220 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
| 449 | 2221 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
| 523 | 2222 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
| 449 | 2223 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
| 502 | 2224 #endif |
| 477 | 2225 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
| 2226 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 7 | 2227 } |
| 2228 EMSG(_(e_internal)); | |
| 2229 return FALSE; | |
| 2230 } | |
| 2231 | |
| 2232 /* | |
| 1430 | 2233 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being |
| 2234 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu | |
| 2235 * is visible. | |
| 2236 */ | |
| 2237 static int | |
| 2238 ins_compl_accept_char(c) | |
| 2239 int c; | |
| 2240 { | |
| 2241 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 2242 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ | |
| 2243 return vim_isIDc(c); | |
| 2244 | |
| 2245 switch (ctrl_x_mode) | |
| 2246 { | |
| 2247 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 2248 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not | |
| 2249 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in | |
| 2250 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ | |
| 2251 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); | |
| 2252 | |
| 2253 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 2254 case CTRL_X_OMNI: | |
| 2255 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any | |
| 2256 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ | |
| 2257 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c); | |
| 2258 | |
| 2259 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
| 2260 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ | |
| 2261 return vim_isprintc(c); | |
| 2262 } | |
| 2263 return vim_iswordc(c); | |
| 2264 } | |
| 2265 | |
| 2266 /* | |
| 659 | 2267 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the |
| 7 | 2268 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed |
| 1219 | 2269 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted |
| 7 | 2270 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb |
| 2271 */ | |
| 2272 int | |
| 681 | 2273 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags) |
| 7 | 2274 char_u *str; |
| 2275 int len; | |
| 681 | 2276 int icase; |
| 7 | 2277 char_u *fname; |
| 2278 int dir; | |
| 464 | 2279 int flags; |
| 7 | 2280 { |
| 1353 | 2281 char_u *p; |
| 2282 int i, c; | |
| 2283 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ | |
| 2284 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ | |
| 2177 | 2285 int min_len; |
| 2004 | 2286 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ |
| 7 | 2287 int has_lower = FALSE; |
| 2288 int was_letter = FALSE; | |
| 1353 | 2289 |
| 1436 | 2290 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) |
| 1353 | 2291 { |
| 2292 /* Infer case of completed part. */ | |
| 2293 | |
| 2294 /* Find actual length of completion. */ | |
| 2295 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2296 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2297 { | |
| 2298 p = str; | |
| 2299 actual_len = 0; | |
| 2300 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 2301 { | |
| 2302 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 2303 ++actual_len; | |
| 2304 } | |
| 2305 } | |
| 2306 else | |
| 2307 #endif | |
| 2308 actual_len = len; | |
| 2309 | |
| 2310 /* Find actual length of original text. */ | |
| 2311 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2312 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2313 { | |
| 2314 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2315 actual_compl_length = 0; | |
| 2316 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 7 | 2317 { |
| 1353 | 2318 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
| 2319 ++actual_compl_length; | |
| 2320 } | |
| 2321 } | |
| 2322 else | |
| 2323 #endif | |
| 2324 actual_compl_length = compl_length; | |
| 2325 | |
| 2177 | 2326 /* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using |
| 2327 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */ | |
| 2328 min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length | |
| 2329 ? actual_len : actual_compl_length; | |
| 2330 | |
| 1353 | 2331 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ |
| 1869 | 2332 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); |
| 1353 | 2333 if (wca != NULL) |
| 2334 { | |
| 2335 p = str; | |
| 2336 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2337 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2338 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2339 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2340 else | |
| 2341 #endif | |
| 2342 wca[i] = *(p++); | |
| 2343 | |
| 2344 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ | |
| 2345 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2346 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 1353 | 2347 { |
| 2348 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2349 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2350 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2351 else | |
| 2352 #endif | |
| 2353 c = *(p++); | |
| 2354 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
| 7 | 2355 { |
| 1353 | 2356 has_lower = TRUE; |
| 2357 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) | |
| 2358 { | |
| 2359 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ | |
| 2360 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2361 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
| 2362 break; | |
| 2363 } | |
| 7 | 2364 } |
| 2365 } | |
| 1353 | 2366 |
| 2367 /* | |
| 2368 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to | |
| 2369 * upper case. | |
| 2370 */ | |
| 2371 if (!has_lower) | |
| 2372 { | |
| 2373 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2374 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 1353 | 2375 { |
| 2376 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2377 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2378 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2379 else | |
| 2380 #endif | |
| 2381 c = *(p++); | |
| 2382 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) | |
| 2383 { | |
| 2384 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ | |
| 2385 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2386 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
| 2387 break; | |
| 2388 } | |
| 2389 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); | |
| 2390 } | |
| 2391 } | |
| 2392 | |
| 2393 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ | |
| 2394 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2395 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 7 | 2396 { |
| 1353 | 2397 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 2398 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2399 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2400 else | |
| 2401 #endif | |
| 2402 c = *(p++); | |
| 2403 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
| 2404 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
| 2405 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) | |
| 2406 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
| 7 | 2407 } |
| 1353 | 2408 |
| 1436 | 2409 /* |
| 1353 | 2410 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. |
| 2411 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than | |
| 2412 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay | |
| 2413 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. | |
| 2414 */ | |
| 2415 p = IObuff; | |
| 2416 i = 0; | |
| 2417 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) | |
| 2418 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2419 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1446 | 2420 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); |
| 1353 | 2421 else |
| 2422 #endif | |
| 2423 *(p++) = wca[i++]; | |
| 2424 *p = NUL; | |
| 2425 | |
| 2426 vim_free(wca); | |
| 2427 } | |
| 7 | 2428 |
| 841 | 2429 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, |
| 2430 flags, FALSE); | |
| 2431 } | |
| 2432 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); | |
| 7 | 2433 } |
| 2434 | |
| 2435 /* | |
| 2436 * Add a match to the list of matches. | |
| 2437 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
| 464 | 2438 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, |
| 681 | 2439 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. |
| 7 | 2440 */ |
| 841 | 2441 static int |
| 944 | 2442 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup) |
| 7 | 2443 char_u *str; |
| 2444 int len; | |
| 681 | 2445 int icase; |
| 7 | 2446 char_u *fname; |
| 841 | 2447 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ |
| 659 | 2448 int cdir; |
| 464 | 2449 int flags; |
| 944 | 2450 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */ |
| 7 | 2451 { |
| 464 | 2452 compl_T *match; |
| 659 | 2453 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); |
| 7 | 2454 |
| 2455 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 2456 if (got_int) | |
| 464 | 2457 return FAIL; |
| 7 | 2458 if (len < 0) |
| 2459 len = (int)STRLEN(str); | |
| 2460 | |
| 2461 /* | |
| 2462 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. | |
| 2463 */ | |
| 944 | 2464 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) |
| 449 | 2465 { |
| 2466 match = compl_first_match; | |
| 7 | 2467 do |
| 2468 { | |
| 464 | 2469 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 989 | 2470 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 |
| 464 | 2471 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) |
| 2472 return NOTDONE; | |
| 2473 match = match->cp_next; | |
| 449 | 2474 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); |
| 7 | 2475 } |
| 2476 | |
| 540 | 2477 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ |
| 2478 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 2479 | |
| 7 | 2480 /* |
| 2481 * Allocate a new match structure. | |
| 2482 * Copy the values to the new match structure. | |
| 2483 */ | |
| 659 | 2484 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); |
| 7 | 2485 if (match == NULL) |
| 464 | 2486 return FAIL; |
| 2487 match->cp_number = -1; | |
| 2488 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2489 match->cp_number = 0; | |
| 694 | 2490 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) |
| 7 | 2491 { |
| 2492 vim_free(match); | |
| 464 | 2493 return FAIL; |
| 7 | 2494 } |
| 681 | 2495 match->cp_icase = icase; |
| 659 | 2496 |
| 7 | 2497 /* match-fname is: |
| 464 | 2498 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. |
| 7 | 2499 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. |
| 2500 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ | |
| 659 | 2501 if (fname != NULL |
| 829 | 2502 && compl_curr_match != NULL |
| 659 | 2503 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL |
| 2504 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) | |
| 464 | 2505 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; |
| 659 | 2506 else if (fname != NULL) |
| 2507 { | |
| 2508 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
| 464 | 2509 flags |= FREE_FNAME; |
| 659 | 2510 } |
| 7 | 2511 else |
| 464 | 2512 match->cp_fname = NULL; |
| 2513 match->cp_flags = flags; | |
| 786 | 2514 |
| 2515 if (cptext != NULL) | |
| 2516 { | |
| 2517 int i; | |
| 2518 | |
| 2519 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) | |
| 2520 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) | |
| 2521 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); | |
| 2522 } | |
| 7 | 2523 |
| 2524 /* | |
| 2525 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. | |
| 2526 */ | |
| 449 | 2527 if (compl_first_match == NULL) |
| 464 | 2528 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; |
| 7 | 2529 else if (dir == FORWARD) |
| 2530 { | |
| 464 | 2531 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
| 2532 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; | |
| 7 | 2533 } |
| 2534 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
| 2535 { | |
| 464 | 2536 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; |
| 2537 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; | |
| 2538 } | |
| 2539 if (match->cp_next) | |
| 2540 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; | |
| 2541 if (match->cp_prev) | |
| 2542 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; | |
| 7 | 2543 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ |
| 449 | 2544 compl_first_match = match; |
| 2545 compl_curr_match = match; | |
| 7 | 2546 |
| 665 | 2547 /* |
| 2548 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. | |
| 2549 */ | |
| 2550 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
| 2551 ins_compl_longest_match(match); | |
| 2552 | |
| 7 | 2553 return OK; |
| 2554 } | |
| 2555 | |
| 2556 /* | |
| 681 | 2557 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering |
| 2558 * match->cp_icase. | |
| 2559 */ | |
| 2560 static int | |
| 2561 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len) | |
| 2562 compl_T *match; | |
| 2563 char_u *str; | |
| 2564 int len; | |
| 2565 { | |
| 2566 if (match->cp_icase) | |
| 2567 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
| 2568 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
| 2569 } | |
| 2570 | |
| 2571 /* | |
| 665 | 2572 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". |
| 2573 */ | |
| 2574 static void | |
| 2575 ins_compl_longest_match(match) | |
| 2576 compl_T *match; | |
| 2577 { | |
| 2578 char_u *p, *s; | |
| 681 | 2579 int c1, c2; |
| 665 | 2580 int had_match; |
| 2581 | |
| 2582 if (compl_leader == NULL) | |
| 842 | 2583 { |
| 665 | 2584 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ |
| 2585 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); | |
| 842 | 2586 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 2587 { | |
| 2588 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
| 2589 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 2590 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 842 | 2591 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 2592 | |
| 2593 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
| 2594 * again after redrawing. */ | |
| 2595 if (!had_match) | |
| 2596 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 2597 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 2598 } | |
| 2599 } | |
| 665 | 2600 else |
| 2601 { | |
| 2602 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ | |
| 681 | 2603 p = compl_leader; |
| 2604 s = match->cp_str; | |
| 2605 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 665 | 2606 { |
| 2607 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2608 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2609 { | |
| 681 | 2610 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); |
| 2611 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); | |
| 665 | 2612 } |
| 2613 else | |
| 2614 #endif | |
| 2615 { | |
| 681 | 2616 c1 = *p; |
| 2617 c2 = *s; | |
| 2618 } | |
| 2619 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) | |
| 2620 : (c1 != c2)) | |
| 2621 break; | |
| 2622 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2623 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2624 { | |
| 2625 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 2626 mb_ptr_adv(s); | |
| 2627 } | |
| 2628 else | |
| 2629 #endif | |
| 2630 { | |
| 2631 ++p; | |
| 2632 ++s; | |
| 665 | 2633 } |
| 2634 } | |
| 2635 | |
| 2636 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 2637 { | |
| 2638 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ | |
| 2639 *p = NUL; | |
| 2640 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
| 2641 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 2642 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 665 | 2643 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 2644 | |
| 2645 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
| 2646 * again after redrawing. */ | |
| 2647 if (!had_match) | |
| 2648 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 2649 } | |
| 2650 | |
| 2651 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 2652 } | |
| 2653 } | |
| 2654 | |
| 2655 /* | |
| 7 | 2656 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. |
| 2657 * Frees matches[]. | |
| 2658 */ | |
| 2659 static void | |
| 681 | 2660 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase) |
| 7 | 2661 int num_matches; |
| 2662 char_u **matches; | |
| 681 | 2663 int icase; |
| 7 | 2664 { |
| 2665 int i; | |
| 2666 int add_r = OK; | |
| 659 | 2667 int dir = compl_direction; |
| 7 | 2668 |
| 464 | 2669 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) |
| 681 | 2670 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, |
| 841 | 2671 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) |
| 7 | 2672 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ |
| 659 | 2673 dir = FORWARD; |
| 7 | 2674 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); |
| 2675 } | |
| 2676 | |
| 2677 /* Make the completion list cyclic. | |
| 2678 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). | |
| 2679 */ | |
| 2680 static int | |
| 2681 ins_compl_make_cyclic() | |
| 2682 { | |
| 464 | 2683 compl_T *match; |
| 7 | 2684 int count = 0; |
| 2685 | |
| 449 | 2686 if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
| 7 | 2687 { |
| 2688 /* | |
| 2689 * Find the end of the list. | |
| 2690 */ | |
| 449 | 2691 match = compl_first_match; |
| 2692 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ | |
| 464 | 2693 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) |
| 2694 { | |
| 2695 match = match->cp_next; | |
| 7 | 2696 ++count; |
| 2697 } | |
| 464 | 2698 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; |
| 2699 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; | |
| 7 | 2700 } |
| 2701 return count; | |
| 2702 } | |
| 2703 | |
| 724 | 2704 /* |
| 2705 * Start completion for the complete() function. | |
| 2706 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). | |
| 2707 * "list" is the list of matches. | |
| 2708 */ | |
| 2709 void | |
| 2710 set_completion(startcol, list) | |
| 1869 | 2711 colnr_T startcol; |
| 724 | 2712 list_T *list; |
| 2713 { | |
| 2714 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ | |
| 2715 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
| 2716 ins_compl_prep(' '); | |
| 2717 ins_compl_clear(); | |
| 2718 | |
| 2719 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 2720 return; | |
| 2721 | |
| 2632 | 2722 compl_direction = FORWARD; |
| 1869 | 2723 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) |
| 724 | 2724 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 2725 compl_col = startcol; | |
| 1869 | 2726 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; |
| 724 | 2727 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ |
| 2728 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); | |
| 2729 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
| 942 | 2730 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
| 724 | 2731 return; |
| 2732 | |
| 2733 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */ | |
| 2734 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
| 2735 | |
| 2736 ins_compl_add_list(list); | |
| 2737 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
| 2738 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 2739 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 929 | 2740 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 724 | 2741 |
| 2742 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; | |
| 2743 ins_complete(Ctrl_N); | |
| 2744 out_flush(); | |
| 2745 } | |
| 2746 | |
| 2747 | |
| 574 | 2748 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the |
| 2749 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ | |
| 659 | 2750 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; |
| 540 | 2751 static int compl_match_arraysize; |
| 2752 | |
| 2753 /* | |
| 2754 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. | |
| 2755 */ | |
| 2756 static void | |
| 2757 ins_compl_upd_pum() | |
| 2758 { | |
| 2759 int h; | |
| 2760 | |
| 2761 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2762 { | |
| 2763 h = curwin->w_cline_height; | |
| 2764 update_screen(0); | |
| 2765 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) | |
| 2766 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 2767 } | |
| 2768 } | |
| 2769 | |
| 2770 /* | |
| 2771 * Remove any popup menu. | |
| 2772 */ | |
| 2773 static void | |
| 2774 ins_compl_del_pum() | |
| 2775 { | |
| 2776 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2777 { | |
| 2778 pum_undisplay(); | |
| 2779 vim_free(compl_match_array); | |
| 2780 compl_match_array = NULL; | |
| 2781 } | |
| 2782 } | |
| 2783 | |
| 2784 /* | |
| 2785 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. | |
| 2786 */ | |
| 2787 static int | |
| 2788 pum_wanted() | |
| 2789 { | |
| 707 | 2790 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ |
| 665 | 2791 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) |
| 540 | 2792 return FALSE; |
| 2793 | |
| 2794 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ | |
| 2795 if (t_colors < 8 | |
| 2796 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2797 && !gui.in_use | |
| 2798 #endif | |
| 2799 ) | |
| 2800 return FALSE; | |
| 657 | 2801 return TRUE; |
| 2802 } | |
| 2803 | |
| 2804 /* | |
| 2805 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. | |
| 707 | 2806 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". |
| 657 | 2807 */ |
| 2808 static int | |
| 707 | 2809 pum_enough_matches() |
| 657 | 2810 { |
| 2811 compl_T *compl; | |
| 2812 int i; | |
| 540 | 2813 |
| 2814 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only | |
| 2815 * one (ignoring the original text). */ | |
| 2816 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 2817 i = 0; | |
| 2818 do | |
| 2819 { | |
| 2820 if (compl == NULL | |
| 2821 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) | |
| 2822 break; | |
| 2823 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2824 } while (compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 2825 | |
| 707 | 2826 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) |
| 2827 return (i >= 1); | |
| 540 | 2828 return (i >= 2); |
| 2829 } | |
| 2830 | |
| 2831 /* | |
| 2832 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. | |
| 659 | 2833 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. |
| 540 | 2834 */ |
| 648 | 2835 void |
| 540 | 2836 ins_compl_show_pum() |
| 2837 { | |
| 2838 compl_T *compl; | |
| 659 | 2839 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; |
| 2840 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; | |
| 2841 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; | |
| 540 | 2842 int i; |
| 2843 int cur = -1; | |
| 2844 colnr_T col; | |
| 657 | 2845 int lead_len = 0; |
| 2846 | |
| 707 | 2847 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) |
| 540 | 2848 return; |
| 2849 | |
| 794 | 2850 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 2851 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ | |
| 2852 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); | |
| 2853 #endif | |
| 2854 | |
| 540 | 2855 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ |
| 2856 update_screen(0); | |
| 2857 | |
| 2858 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
| 2859 { | |
| 2860 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ | |
| 2861 compl_match_arraysize = 0; | |
| 2862 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 657 | 2863 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 835 | 2864 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); |
| 540 | 2865 do |
| 2866 { | |
| 657 | 2867 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
| 2868 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
| 681 | 2869 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
| 540 | 2870 ++compl_match_arraysize; |
| 2871 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2872 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 657 | 2873 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) |
| 2874 return; | |
| 659 | 2875 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( |
| 2876 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) | |
| 540 | 2877 * compl_match_arraysize)); |
| 2878 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2879 { | |
| 829 | 2880 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first |
| 2881 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ | |
| 2882 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2883 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2884 | |
| 540 | 2885 i = 0; |
| 2886 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 2887 do | |
| 2888 { | |
| 657 | 2889 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
| 2890 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
| 681 | 2891 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
| 540 | 2892 { |
| 659 | 2893 if (!shown_match_ok) |
| 2894 { | |
| 2895 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) | |
| 2896 { | |
| 2897 /* This item is the shown match or this is the | |
| 2898 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ | |
| 2899 compl_shown_match = compl; | |
| 2900 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
| 2901 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2902 } | |
| 2903 else | |
| 2904 /* Remember this displayed match for when the | |
| 2905 * shown match is just below it. */ | |
| 2906 shown_compl = compl; | |
| 540 | 2907 cur = i; |
| 659 | 2908 } |
| 786 | 2909 |
| 2910 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) | |
| 2911 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = | |
| 2912 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; | |
| 2913 else | |
| 2914 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; | |
| 2915 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; | |
| 2916 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; | |
| 2917 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) | |
| 2918 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = | |
| 2919 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; | |
| 659 | 2920 else |
| 2921 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; | |
| 2922 } | |
| 2923 | |
| 2924 if (compl == compl_shown_match) | |
| 2925 { | |
| 2926 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
| 716 | 2927 |
| 2928 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set | |
| 2929 * compl_shown_match. */ | |
| 2930 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2931 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2932 | |
| 659 | 2933 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) |
| 2934 { | |
| 2935 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the | |
| 2936 * previously displayed match. */ | |
| 2937 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; | |
| 2938 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2939 } | |
| 540 | 2940 } |
| 2941 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2942 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 659 | 2943 |
| 2944 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ | |
| 2945 cur = -1; | |
| 540 | 2946 } |
| 2947 } | |
| 2948 else | |
| 2949 { | |
| 2950 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ | |
| 657 | 2951 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) |
| 786 | 2952 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str |
| 2953 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text | |
| 2954 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) | |
| 829 | 2955 { |
| 2956 cur = i; | |
| 657 | 2957 break; |
| 829 | 2958 } |
| 540 | 2959 } |
| 2960 | |
| 2961 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2962 { | |
| 2963 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. | |
| 2964 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ | |
| 2965 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2966 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; | |
| 732 | 2967 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); |
| 540 | 2968 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; |
| 2969 } | |
| 2970 } | |
| 2971 | |
| 7 | 2972 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ |
| 2973 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ | |
| 648 | 2974 |
| 7 | 2975 /* |
| 703 | 2976 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary |
| 2977 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. | |
| 7 | 2978 */ |
| 2979 static void | |
| 703 | 2980 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus) |
| 2981 char_u *dict_start; | |
| 7 | 2982 char_u *pat; |
| 667 | 2983 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ |
| 703 | 2984 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */ |
| 2985 { | |
| 2986 char_u *dict = dict_start; | |
| 7 | 2987 char_u *ptr; |
| 2988 char_u *buf; | |
| 2989 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 2990 char_u **files; | |
| 2991 int count; | |
| 2992 int save_p_scs; | |
| 659 | 2993 int dir = compl_direction; |
| 7 | 2994 |
| 703 | 2995 if (*dict == NUL) |
| 2996 { | |
| 744 | 2997 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 2998 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use |
| 2999 * "spell". */ | |
| 3000 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) | |
| 3001 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; | |
| 3002 else | |
| 3003 #endif | |
| 3004 return; | |
| 3005 } | |
| 3006 | |
| 7 | 3007 buf = alloc(LSIZE); |
| 703 | 3008 if (buf == NULL) |
| 3009 return; | |
| 1074 | 3010 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ |
| 703 | 3011 |
| 7 | 3012 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ |
| 3013 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
| 3014 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) | |
| 3015 p_scs = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 3016 |
| 3017 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern | |
| 3018 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the | |
| 842 | 3019 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ |
| 667 | 3020 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 3021 { | |
| 842 | 3022 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); |
| 1869 | 3023 size_t len; |
| 842 | 3024 |
| 3025 if (pat_esc == NULL) | |
| 1159 | 3026 goto theend; |
| 1869 | 3027 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; |
| 3028 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); | |
| 667 | 3029 if (ptr == NULL) |
| 842 | 3030 { |
| 3031 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
| 1074 | 3032 goto theend; |
| 842 | 3033 } |
| 1869 | 3034 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); |
| 842 | 3035 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); |
| 3036 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
| 667 | 3037 vim_free(ptr); |
| 3038 } | |
| 3039 else | |
| 703 | 3040 { |
| 667 | 3041 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); |
| 703 | 3042 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
| 3043 goto theend; | |
| 3044 } | |
| 667 | 3045 |
| 7 | 3046 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ |
| 3047 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); | |
| 703 | 3048 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) |
| 7 | 3049 { |
| 3050 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ | |
| 3051 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) | |
| 3052 { | |
| 3053 count = 1; | |
| 3054 files = &dict; | |
| 3055 } | |
| 3056 else | |
| 3057 { | |
| 3058 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow | |
| 3059 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in | |
| 3060 * a modeline). */ | |
| 3061 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
| 744 | 3062 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 3063 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) |
| 3064 count = -1; | |
| 744 | 3065 else |
| 3066 # endif | |
| 3067 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL | |
| 7 | 3068 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, |
| 3069 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) | |
| 3070 count = 0; | |
| 3071 } | |
| 3072 | |
| 744 | 3073 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 3074 if (count == -1) |
| 3075 { | |
| 712 | 3076 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we |
| 3077 * don't use it as a RE. */ | |
| 703 | 3078 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') |
| 3079 ptr = pat + 2; | |
| 3080 else | |
| 3081 ptr = pat; | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
3082 spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); |
| 703 | 3083 } |
| 3084 else | |
| 744 | 3085 # endif |
| 938 | 3086 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ |
| 703 | 3087 { |
| 3088 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, | |
| 3089 ®match, buf, &dir); | |
| 7 | 3090 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) |
| 703 | 3091 FreeWild(count, files); |
| 3092 } | |
| 3093 if (flags != 0) | |
| 7 | 3094 break; |
| 3095 } | |
| 703 | 3096 |
| 3097 theend: | |
| 7 | 3098 p_scs = save_p_scs; |
| 3099 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
| 3100 vim_free(buf); | |
| 3101 } | |
| 3102 | |
| 703 | 3103 static void |
| 3104 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir) | |
| 3105 int count; | |
| 3106 char_u **files; | |
| 3107 int thesaurus; | |
| 3108 int flags; | |
| 3109 regmatch_T *regmatch; | |
| 3110 char_u *buf; | |
| 3111 int *dir; | |
| 3112 { | |
| 3113 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3114 int i; | |
| 3115 FILE *fp; | |
| 3116 int add_r; | |
| 3117 | |
| 3118 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) | |
| 3119 { | |
| 3120 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ | |
| 3121 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) | |
| 3122 { | |
| 3123 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, | |
| 3124 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); | |
| 1869 | 3125 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 703 | 3126 } |
| 3127 | |
| 3128 if (fp != NULL) | |
| 3129 { | |
| 3130 /* | |
| 3131 * Read dictionary file line by line. | |
| 3132 * Check each line for a match. | |
| 3133 */ | |
| 3134 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted | |
| 3135 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) | |
| 3136 { | |
| 3137 ptr = buf; | |
| 3138 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) | |
| 3139 { | |
| 3140 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; | |
| 3141 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 3142 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); | |
| 3143 else | |
| 3144 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
| 3145 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], | |
| 3146 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), | |
| 942 | 3147 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); |
| 703 | 3148 if (thesaurus) |
| 3149 { | |
| 3150 char_u *wstart; | |
| 3151 | |
| 3152 /* | |
| 3153 * Add the other matches on the line | |
| 3154 */ | |
| 1353 | 3155 ptr = buf; |
| 703 | 3156 while (!got_int) |
| 3157 { | |
| 3158 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white | |
| 3159 * space and punctuation. */ | |
| 3160 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); | |
| 3161 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) | |
| 3162 break; | |
| 3163 wstart = ptr; | |
| 3164 | |
| 1353 | 3165 /* Find end of the word. */ |
| 703 | 3166 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 3167 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3168 /* Japanese words may have characters in | |
| 3169 * different classes, only separate words | |
| 3170 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ | |
| 3171 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 3172 { | |
| 3173 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3176 break; | |
| 3177 ptr += l; | |
| 3178 } | |
| 3179 else | |
| 3180 #endif | |
| 3181 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
| 1353 | 3182 |
| 3183 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ | |
| 3184 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) | |
| 3185 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, | |
| 3186 (int)(ptr - wstart), | |
| 3187 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); | |
| 703 | 3188 } |
| 3189 } | |
| 3190 if (add_r == OK) | |
| 3191 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
| 3192 *dir = FORWARD; | |
| 3193 else if (add_r == FAIL) | |
| 3194 break; | |
| 3195 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end | |
| 3196 * of line */ | |
| 3197 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) | |
| 3198 break; | |
| 3199 } | |
| 3200 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 3201 ins_compl_check_keys(50); | |
| 3202 } | |
| 3203 fclose(fp); | |
| 3204 } | |
| 3205 } | |
| 3206 } | |
| 3207 | |
| 7 | 3208 /* |
| 3209 * Find the start of the next word. | |
| 3210 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. | |
| 3211 */ | |
| 3212 char_u * | |
| 3213 find_word_start(ptr) | |
| 3214 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3215 { | |
| 3216 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3217 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3218 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) | |
| 474 | 3219 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3220 else |
| 3221 #endif | |
| 3222 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3223 ++ptr; | |
| 3224 return ptr; | |
| 3225 } | |
| 3226 | |
| 3227 /* | |
| 3228 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. | |
| 3229 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. | |
| 3230 */ | |
| 3231 char_u * | |
| 3232 find_word_end(ptr) | |
| 3233 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3234 { | |
| 3235 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3236 int start_class; | |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3239 { | |
| 3240 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); | |
| 3241 if (start_class > 1) | |
| 3242 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 3243 { | |
| 474 | 3244 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3245 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) |
| 3246 break; | |
| 3247 } | |
| 3248 } | |
| 3249 else | |
| 3250 #endif | |
| 3251 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3252 ++ptr; | |
| 3253 return ptr; | |
| 3254 } | |
| 3255 | |
| 3256 /* | |
| 667 | 3257 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. |
| 3258 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. | |
| 3259 */ | |
| 3260 static char_u * | |
| 3261 find_line_end(ptr) | |
| 3262 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3263 { | |
| 3264 char_u *s; | |
| 3265 | |
| 3266 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 3267 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) | |
| 3268 --s; | |
| 3269 return s; | |
| 3270 } | |
| 3271 | |
| 3272 /* | |
| 7 | 3273 * Free the list of completions |
| 3274 */ | |
| 3275 static void | |
| 3276 ins_compl_free() | |
| 3277 { | |
| 464 | 3278 compl_T *match; |
| 786 | 3279 int i; |
| 7 | 3280 |
| 449 | 3281 vim_free(compl_pattern); |
| 3282 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 657 | 3283 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3284 compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 449 | 3285 |
| 3286 if (compl_first_match == NULL) | |
| 7 | 3287 return; |
| 540 | 3288 |
| 3289 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 3290 pum_clear(); | |
| 3291 | |
| 449 | 3292 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; |
| 7 | 3293 do |
| 3294 { | |
| 449 | 3295 match = compl_curr_match; |
| 464 | 3296 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
| 3297 vim_free(match->cp_str); | |
| 7 | 3298 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ |
| 464 | 3299 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) |
| 3300 vim_free(match->cp_fname); | |
| 786 | 3301 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) |
| 3302 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); | |
| 7 | 3303 vim_free(match); |
| 449 | 3304 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); |
| 3305 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
| 1927 | 3306 compl_shown_match = NULL; |
| 7 | 3307 } |
| 3308 | |
| 3309 static void | |
| 3310 ins_compl_clear() | |
| 3311 { | |
| 449 | 3312 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 3313 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 3314 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 3315 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
| 3316 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 657 | 3317 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3318 compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 7 | 3319 edit_submode_extra = NULL; |
| 724 | 3320 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
| 3321 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 825 | 3322 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3323 } |
| 3324 | |
| 3325 /* | |
| 674 | 3326 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. |
| 3327 */ | |
| 3328 int | |
| 3329 ins_compl_active() | |
| 3330 { | |
| 3331 return compl_started; | |
| 3332 } | |
| 3333 | |
| 3334 /* | |
| 659 | 3335 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches |
| 3336 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. | |
| 836 | 3337 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char |
| 3338 * to be got from the user. | |
| 657 | 3339 */ |
| 3340 static int | |
| 3341 ins_compl_bs() | |
| 3342 { | |
| 3343 char_u *line; | |
| 3344 char_u *p; | |
| 3345 | |
| 836 | 3346 line = ml_get_curline(); |
| 3347 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 3348 mb_ptr_back(line, p); | |
| 3349 | |
| 1430 | 3350 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion |
| 3351 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */ | |
| 3352 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 | |
| 3353 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 | |
| 3354 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0)) | |
| 836 | 3355 return K_BS; |
| 3356 | |
| 874 | 3357 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish |
| 3358 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ | |
| 3359 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length | |
| 3078 | 3360 || ins_compl_need_restart()) |
| 874 | 3361 ins_compl_restart(); |
| 657 | 3362 |
| 3363 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
| 835 | 3364 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); |
| 657 | 3365 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 3366 { | |
| 874 | 3367 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
| 3368 return NUL; | |
| 3369 } | |
| 3370 return K_BS; | |
| 3371 } | |
| 3372 | |
| 3373 /* | |
| 3078 | 3374 * Return TRUE when we need to find matches again, ins_compl_restart() is to |
| 3375 * be called. | |
| 3376 */ | |
| 3377 static int | |
| 3378 ins_compl_need_restart() | |
| 3379 { | |
| 3380 /* Return TRUE if we didn't complete finding matches or when the | |
| 3381 * 'completefunc' returned "always" in the "refresh" dictionary item. */ | |
| 3382 return compl_was_interrupted | |
| 3383 || ((ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) | |
| 3384 && compl_opt_refresh_always); | |
| 3385 } | |
| 3386 | |
| 3387 /* | |
| 874 | 3388 * Called after changing "compl_leader". |
| 3389 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. | |
| 3390 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. | |
| 3391 */ | |
| 3392 static void | |
| 3393 ins_compl_new_leader() | |
| 3394 { | |
| 3395 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 3396 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 3397 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 874 | 3398 compl_used_match = FALSE; |
| 3399 | |
| 3400 if (compl_started) | |
| 3401 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); | |
| 3402 else | |
| 3403 { | |
| 826 | 3404 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 874 | 3405 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ |
| 3406 #endif | |
| 3407 /* | |
| 3408 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display | |
| 3409 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to | |
| 3410 * avoid that the first match is inserted. | |
| 3411 */ | |
| 3412 update_screen(0); | |
| 3413 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3414 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 3415 { | |
| 3416 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
| 3417 setcursor(); | |
| 3418 out_flush(); | |
| 3419 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 3420 } | |
| 3421 #endif | |
| 3422 compl_restarting = TRUE; | |
| 3423 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL) | |
| 3424 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 3425 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
| 3426 } | |
| 3427 | |
| 887 | 3428 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; |
| 874 | 3429 |
| 3430 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ | |
| 3431 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 947 | 3432 |
| 3433 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ | |
| 3434 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
| 3435 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
| 657 | 3436 } |
| 3437 | |
| 3438 /* | |
| 1782 | 3439 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to |
| 3440 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. | |
| 3441 */ | |
| 3442 static int | |
| 3443 ins_compl_len() | |
| 3444 { | |
| 1869 | 3445 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 1782 | 3446 |
| 3447 if (off < 0) | |
| 3448 return 0; | |
| 3449 return off; | |
| 3450 } | |
| 3451 | |
| 3452 /* | |
| 657 | 3453 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
| 3454 * matches. | |
| 3455 */ | |
| 3456 static void | |
| 3457 ins_compl_addleader(c) | |
| 3458 int c; | |
| 3459 { | |
| 3460 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3461 int cc; | |
| 3462 | |
| 3463 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) | |
| 3464 { | |
| 3465 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 3466 | |
| 3467 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 3468 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
| 3469 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
| 3612 | 3470 if (compl_opt_refresh_always) |
| 3471 AppendToRedobuff(buf); | |
| 657 | 3472 } |
| 3473 else | |
| 3474 #endif | |
| 3602 | 3475 { |
| 657 | 3476 ins_char(c); |
| 3612 | 3477 if (compl_opt_refresh_always) |
| 3478 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 3602 | 3479 } |
| 657 | 3480 |
| 874 | 3481 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ |
| 3078 | 3482 if (ins_compl_need_restart()) |
| 874 | 3483 ins_compl_restart(); |
| 3484 | |
| 3271 | 3485 /* When 'always' is set, don't reset compl_leader. While completing, |
| 3612 | 3486 * cursor doesn't point original position, changing compl_leader would |
| 3271 | 3487 * break redo. */ |
| 3488 if (!compl_opt_refresh_always) | |
| 3489 { | |
| 3490 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
| 3491 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, | |
| 1869 | 3492 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); |
| 3271 | 3493 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 3494 ins_compl_new_leader(); | |
| 3495 } | |
| 874 | 3496 } |
| 3497 | |
| 3498 /* | |
| 3499 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when | |
| 3500 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. | |
| 3501 */ | |
| 3502 static void | |
| 3503 ins_compl_restart() | |
| 3504 { | |
| 3505 ins_compl_free(); | |
| 3506 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 3507 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 3508 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 3509 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 694 | 3510 } |
| 3511 | |
| 3512 /* | |
| 3513 * Set the first match, the original text. | |
| 3514 */ | |
| 3515 static void | |
| 3516 ins_compl_set_original_text(str) | |
| 3517 char_u *str; | |
| 3518 { | |
| 3519 char_u *p; | |
| 3520 | |
| 3521 /* Replace the original text entry. */ | |
| 3522 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ | |
| 3523 { | |
| 3524 p = vim_strsave(str); | |
| 3525 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3526 { | |
| 3527 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); | |
| 3528 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; | |
| 3529 } | |
| 657 | 3530 } |
| 3531 } | |
| 3532 | |
| 3533 /* | |
| 659 | 3534 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
| 3535 * matches. | |
| 3536 */ | |
| 3537 static void | |
| 3538 ins_compl_addfrommatch() | |
| 3539 { | |
| 3540 char_u *p; | |
| 1869 | 3541 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 659 | 3542 int c; |
| 887 | 3543 compl_T *cp; |
| 659 | 3544 |
| 3545 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; | |
| 677 | 3546 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ |
| 887 | 3547 { |
| 3548 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches | |
| 3549 * the leader. */ | |
| 3550 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 3551 { | |
| 3552 p = NULL; | |
| 3553 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL | |
| 3554 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) | |
| 3555 { | |
| 987 | 3556 if (compl_leader == NULL |
| 3557 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, | |
| 887 | 3558 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
| 3559 { | |
| 3560 p = cp->cp_str; | |
| 3561 break; | |
| 3562 } | |
| 3563 } | |
| 3564 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) | |
| 3565 return; | |
| 3566 } | |
| 3567 else | |
| 3568 return; | |
| 3569 } | |
| 659 | 3570 p += len; |
| 2845 | 3571 c = PTR2CHAR(p); |
| 659 | 3572 ins_compl_addleader(c); |
| 3573 } | |
| 3574 | |
| 3575 /* | |
| 7 | 3576 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. |
| 464 | 3577 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. |
| 540 | 3578 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; |
| 7 | 3579 */ |
| 540 | 3580 static int |
| 7 | 3581 ins_compl_prep(c) |
| 3582 int c; | |
| 3583 { | |
| 3584 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3585 int want_cindent; | |
| 540 | 3586 int retval = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3587 |
| 3588 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually | |
| 3589 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. | |
| 3590 */ | |
| 3591 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3592 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
| 3593 | |
| 1434 | 3594 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3595 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3596 || c == K_MOUSELEFT || c == K_MOUSERIGHT) |
| 540 | 3597 return retval; |
| 7 | 3598 |
| 665 | 3599 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ |
| 3600 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET | |
| 3601 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) | |
| 3602 { | |
| 3603 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL); | |
| 3604 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 3605 } | |
| 3606 | |
| 7 | 3607 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) |
| 3608 { | |
| 3609 /* | |
| 3610 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode | |
| 3611 * it will be yet. Now we decide. | |
| 3612 */ | |
| 3613 switch (c) | |
| 3614 { | |
| 3615 case Ctrl_E: | |
| 3616 case Ctrl_Y: | |
| 3617 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; | |
| 3618 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
| 3619 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
| 3620 else | |
| 3621 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
| 3622 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 3623 showmode(); | |
| 3624 break; | |
| 3625 case Ctrl_L: | |
| 3626 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
| 3627 break; | |
| 3628 case Ctrl_F: | |
| 3629 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; | |
| 3630 break; | |
| 3631 case Ctrl_K: | |
| 3632 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 3633 break; | |
| 3634 case Ctrl_R: | |
| 3635 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ | |
| 3636 break; | |
| 3637 case Ctrl_T: | |
| 3638 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
| 3639 break; | |
| 12 | 3640 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 3641 case Ctrl_U: | |
| 3642 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; | |
| 3643 break; | |
| 449 | 3644 case Ctrl_O: |
| 523 | 3645 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; |
| 449 | 3646 break; |
| 502 | 3647 #endif |
| 477 | 3648 case 's': |
| 3649 case Ctrl_S: | |
| 3650 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; | |
| 744 | 3651 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 819 | 3652 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ |
| 484 | 3653 spell_back_to_badword(); |
| 819 | 3654 --emsg_off; |
| 484 | 3655 #endif |
| 477 | 3656 break; |
| 7 | 3657 case Ctrl_RSB: |
| 3658 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
| 3659 break; | |
| 3660 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 3661 case Ctrl_I: | |
| 3662 case K_S_TAB: | |
| 3663 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
| 3664 break; | |
| 3665 case Ctrl_D: | |
| 3666 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
| 3667 break; | |
| 3668 #endif | |
| 3669 case Ctrl_V: | |
| 3670 case Ctrl_Q: | |
| 3671 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; | |
| 3672 break; | |
| 3673 case Ctrl_P: | |
| 3674 case Ctrl_N: | |
| 3675 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we | |
| 3676 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel | |
| 3677 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) | |
| 3678 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say | |
| 3679 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) | |
| 3680 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag | |
| 3681 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ | |
| 449 | 3682 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) |
| 3683 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 3684 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) | |
| 3685 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 7 | 3686 /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
| 3687 default: | |
| 449 | 3688 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set |
| 3689 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X | |
| 3690 * mode). | |
| 3691 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible | |
| 3692 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same | |
| 3693 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). | |
| 3694 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start | |
| 3695 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. | |
| 3696 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING | |
| 3697 * mode -- Acevedo */ | |
| 7 | 3698 if (c == Ctrl_X) |
| 3699 { | |
| 449 | 3700 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) |
| 3701 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 7 | 3702 else |
| 449 | 3703 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; |
| 7 | 3704 } |
| 3705 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 3706 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3707 showmode(); | |
| 3708 break; | |
| 3709 } | |
| 3710 } | |
| 3711 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
| 3712 { | |
| 3713 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ | |
| 3714 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3715 { | |
| 3716 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
| 3717 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 3718 else | |
| 3719 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; | |
| 3720 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3721 } | |
| 3722 showmode(); | |
| 3723 } | |
| 3724 | |
| 449 | 3725 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
| 7 | 3726 { |
| 3727 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably | |
| 3728 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to | |
| 449 | 3729 * showing what mode we are in. */ |
| 7 | 3730 showmode(); |
| 644 | 3731 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R |
| 3732 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) | |
| 7 | 3733 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
| 3734 { | |
| 3735 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and | |
| 3736 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up | |
| 449 | 3737 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ |
| 836 | 3738 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) |
| 7 | 3739 { |
| 3740 /* | |
| 836 | 3741 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when |
| 3742 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo | |
| 3743 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part | |
| 3744 * of the original text that has changed. | |
| 3745 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used | |
| 3746 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. | |
| 7 | 3747 */ |
| 836 | 3748 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) |
| 3749 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; | |
| 3750 else | |
| 3095 | 3751 ptr = NULL; |
| 3752 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr); | |
| 7 | 3753 } |
| 3754 | |
| 3755 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3756 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); | |
| 3757 #endif | |
| 3758 /* | |
| 3759 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. | |
| 3760 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. | |
| 3761 */ | |
| 449 | 3762 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 7 | 3763 { |
| 3764 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3765 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
| 3766 if (want_cindent) | |
| 3767 { | |
| 3768 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 3769 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ | |
| 3770 } | |
| 3771 #endif | |
| 3772 } | |
| 3773 else | |
| 3774 { | |
| 1073 | 3775 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 3776 | |
| 7 | 3777 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ |
| 1073 | 3778 if (prev_col > 0) |
| 3779 dec_cursor(); | |
| 7 | 3780 if (stop_arrow() == OK) |
| 3781 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); | |
| 1073 | 3782 if (prev_col > 0 |
| 3783 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) | |
| 3784 inc_cursor(); | |
| 7 | 3785 } |
| 3786 | |
| 816 | 3787 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting |
| 825 | 3788 * the selection without inserting anything. When |
| 3789 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ | |
| 3790 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
| 3791 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
| 3792 && pum_visible()) | |
| 540 | 3793 retval = TRUE; |
| 3794 | |
| 816 | 3795 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */ |
| 3796 if (c == Ctrl_E) | |
| 3797 { | |
| 3798 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 3799 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
| 1782 | 3800 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 816 | 3801 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
| 1782 | 3802 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); |
| 816 | 3803 retval = TRUE; |
| 3804 } | |
| 3805 | |
| 1698 | 3806 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); |
| 3807 | |
| 7 | 3808 ins_compl_free(); |
| 449 | 3809 compl_started = FALSE; |
| 3810 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 7 | 3811 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ |
| 3812 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 825 | 3813 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3814 if (edit_submode != NULL) |
| 3815 { | |
| 3816 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3817 showmode(); | |
| 3818 } | |
| 3819 | |
| 3820 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3821 /* | |
| 3822 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 3823 */ | |
| 3824 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) | |
| 3825 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 3826 #endif | |
| 3676 | 3827 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 3828 /* Trigger the CompleteDone event to give scripts a chance to act | |
| 3829 * upon the completion. */ | |
| 3830 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COMPLETEDONE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 3831 #endif | |
| 7 | 3832 } |
| 3833 } | |
| 3834 | |
| 3835 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be | |
| 3836 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ | |
| 3837 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3838 { | |
| 449 | 3839 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 3840 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 7 | 3841 } |
| 540 | 3842 |
| 3843 return retval; | |
| 7 | 3844 } |
| 3845 | |
| 3846 /* | |
| 3095 | 3847 * Fix the redo buffer for the completion leader replacing some of the typed |
| 3848 * text. This inserts backspaces and appends the changed text. | |
| 3849 * "ptr" is the known leader text or NUL. | |
| 3850 */ | |
| 3851 static void | |
| 3852 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr_arg) | |
| 3853 char_u *ptr_arg; | |
| 3854 { | |
| 3855 int len; | |
| 3856 char_u *p; | |
| 3857 char_u *ptr = ptr_arg; | |
| 3858 | |
| 3859 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 3860 { | |
| 3861 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
| 3862 ptr = compl_leader; | |
| 3863 else | |
| 3864 return; /* nothing to do */ | |
| 3865 } | |
| 3866 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) | |
| 3867 { | |
| 3868 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 3869 for (len = 0; p[len] != NUL && p[len] == ptr[len]; ++len) | |
| 3870 ; | |
| 3871 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3872 if (len > 0) | |
| 3873 len -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + len); | |
| 3874 #endif | |
| 3875 for (p += len; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 3876 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); | |
| 3877 } | |
| 3878 else | |
| 3879 len = 0; | |
| 3880 if (ptr != NULL) | |
| 3881 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + len, -1); | |
| 3882 } | |
| 3883 | |
| 3884 /* | |
| 7 | 3885 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers |
| 3886 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned | |
| 3887 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with | |
| 3888 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. | |
| 3889 * | |
| 3890 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo | |
| 3891 */ | |
| 3892 static buf_T * | |
| 3893 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag) | |
| 3894 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3895 int flag; | |
| 3896 { | |
| 3897 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3898 static win_T *wp; | |
| 3899 #endif | |
| 3900 | |
| 3901 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ | |
| 3902 { | |
| 3903 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3904 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ | |
| 3905 wp = curwin; | |
| 383 | 3906 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin |
| 7 | 3907 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) |
| 3908 ; | |
| 3909 buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 3910 #else | |
| 3911 buf = curbuf; | |
| 3912 #endif | |
| 3913 } | |
| 3914 else | |
| 3915 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' | |
| 3916 * (unlisted buffers) | |
| 3917 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ | |
| 383 | 3918 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf |
| 7 | 3919 && ((flag == 'U' |
| 3920 ? buf->b_p_bl | |
| 3921 : (!buf->b_p_bl | |
| 3922 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) | |
| 667 | 3923 || buf->b_scanned)) |
| 7 | 3924 ; |
| 3925 return buf; | |
| 3926 } | |
| 3927 | |
| 12 | 3928 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 659 | 3929 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base)); |
| 12 | 3930 |
| 3931 /* | |
| 523 | 3932 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and |
| 502 | 3933 * get matches in "matches". |
| 12 | 3934 */ |
| 659 | 3935 static void |
| 3936 expand_by_function(type, base) | |
| 523 | 3937 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ |
| 12 | 3938 char_u *base; |
| 3939 { | |
| 3078 | 3940 list_T *matchlist = NULL; |
| 3941 dict_T *matchdict = NULL; | |
| 502 | 3942 char_u *args[2]; |
| 3943 char_u *funcname; | |
| 3944 pos_T pos; | |
| 2631 | 3945 win_T *curwin_save; |
| 3946 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
| 3078 | 3947 typval_T rettv; |
| 502 | 3948 |
| 3949 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
| 3950 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
| 659 | 3951 return; |
| 452 | 3952 |
| 3953 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ | |
| 3954 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; | |
| 502 | 3955 args[1] = base; |
| 3956 | |
| 3957 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2631 | 3958 curwin_save = curwin; |
| 3959 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
| 3078 | 3960 |
| 3961 /* Call a function, which returns a list or dict. */ | |
| 3709 | 3962 if (call_vim_function(funcname, 2, args, FALSE, FALSE, &rettv) == OK) |
| 3078 | 3963 { |
| 3964 switch (rettv.v_type) | |
| 3965 { | |
| 3966 case VAR_LIST: | |
| 3967 matchlist = rettv.vval.v_list; | |
| 3968 break; | |
| 3969 case VAR_DICT: | |
| 3970 matchdict = rettv.vval.v_dict; | |
| 3971 break; | |
| 3972 default: | |
| 3973 /* TODO: Give error message? */ | |
| 3974 clear_tv(&rettv); | |
| 3975 break; | |
| 3976 } | |
| 3977 } | |
| 3978 | |
| 2631 | 3979 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) |
| 3980 { | |
| 3981 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); | |
| 3982 goto theend; | |
| 3983 } | |
| 502 | 3984 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ |
| 2631 | 3985 check_cursor(); |
| 3986 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) | |
| 3987 { | |
| 3988 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); | |
| 3989 goto theend; | |
| 3990 } | |
| 3078 | 3991 |
| 2631 | 3992 if (matchlist != NULL) |
| 3993 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); | |
| 3078 | 3994 else if (matchdict != NULL) |
| 3995 ins_compl_add_dict(matchdict); | |
| 2631 | 3996 |
| 3997 theend: | |
| 3078 | 3998 if (matchdict != NULL) |
| 3999 dict_unref(matchdict); | |
| 2631 | 4000 if (matchlist != NULL) |
| 4001 list_unref(matchlist); | |
| 724 | 4002 } |
| 4003 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ | |
| 4004 | |
| 786 | 4005 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 724 | 4006 /* |
| 4007 * Add completions from a list. | |
| 4008 */ | |
| 4009 static void | |
| 4010 ins_compl_add_list(list) | |
| 4011 list_T *list; | |
| 4012 { | |
| 4013 listitem_T *li; | |
| 4014 int dir = compl_direction; | |
| 4015 | |
| 659 | 4016 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ |
| 724 | 4017 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) |
| 452 | 4018 { |
| 786 | 4019 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) |
| 4020 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
| 4021 dir = FORWARD; | |
| 648 | 4022 else if (did_emsg) |
| 4023 break; | |
| 452 | 4024 } |
| 724 | 4025 } |
| 786 | 4026 |
| 4027 /* | |
| 3078 | 4028 * Add completions from a dict. |
| 4029 */ | |
| 4030 static void | |
| 4031 ins_compl_add_dict(dict) | |
| 4032 dict_T *dict; | |
| 4033 { | |
| 3263 | 4034 dictitem_T *di_refresh; |
| 4035 dictitem_T *di_words; | |
| 3078 | 4036 |
| 4037 /* Check for optional "refresh" item. */ | |
| 4038 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; | |
| 3263 | 4039 di_refresh = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"refresh", 7); |
| 4040 if (di_refresh != NULL && di_refresh->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) | |
| 4041 { | |
| 4042 char_u *v = di_refresh->di_tv.vval.v_string; | |
| 3078 | 4043 |
| 4044 if (v != NULL && STRCMP(v, (char_u *)"always") == 0) | |
| 4045 compl_opt_refresh_always = TRUE; | |
| 4046 } | |
| 4047 | |
| 4048 /* Add completions from a "words" list. */ | |
| 3263 | 4049 di_words = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"words", 5); |
| 4050 if (di_words != NULL && di_words->di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) | |
| 4051 ins_compl_add_list(di_words->di_tv.vval.v_list); | |
| 3078 | 4052 } |
| 4053 | |
| 4054 /* | |
| 786 | 4055 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. |
| 4056 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
| 4057 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, | |
| 4058 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. | |
| 4059 */ | |
| 4060 int | |
| 4061 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir) | |
| 4062 typval_T *tv; | |
| 4063 int dir; | |
| 4064 { | |
| 4065 char_u *word; | |
| 867 | 4066 int icase = FALSE; |
| 944 | 4067 int adup = FALSE; |
| 2632 | 4068 int aempty = FALSE; |
| 786 | 4069 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); |
| 4070 | |
| 4071 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) | |
| 4072 { | |
| 4073 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); | |
| 4074 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4075 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); | |
| 4076 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4077 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); | |
| 4078 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4079 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); | |
| 4080 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4081 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); | |
| 4082 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) | |
| 4083 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); | |
| 841 | 4084 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) |
| 944 | 4085 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); |
| 2632 | 4086 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty", FALSE) != NULL) |
| 4087 aempty = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty"); | |
| 786 | 4088 } |
| 4089 else | |
| 4090 { | |
| 4091 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); | |
| 4092 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); | |
| 4093 } | |
| 2632 | 4094 if (word == NULL || (!aempty && *word == NUL)) |
| 786 | 4095 return FAIL; |
| 944 | 4096 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); |
| 786 | 4097 } |
| 724 | 4098 #endif |
| 12 | 4099 |
| 449 | 4100 /* |
| 4101 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". | |
| 659 | 4102 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction |
| 4103 * compl_direction. | |
| 667 | 4104 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue |
| 4105 * where we stopped searching before. | |
| 449 | 4106 * This may return before finding all the matches. |
| 4107 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo | |
| 7 | 4108 */ |
| 4109 static int | |
| 659 | 4110 ins_compl_get_exp(ini) |
| 7 | 4111 pos_T *ini; |
| 4112 { | |
| 4113 static pos_T first_match_pos; | |
| 4114 static pos_T last_match_pos; | |
| 4115 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ | |
| 449 | 4116 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a |
| 4117 certain type. */ | |
| 4118 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ | |
| 7 | 4119 |
| 464 | 4120 pos_T *pos; |
| 4121 char_u **matches; | |
| 4122 int save_p_scs; | |
| 4123 int save_p_ws; | |
| 4124 int save_p_ic; | |
| 4125 int i; | |
| 4126 int num_matches; | |
| 4127 int len; | |
| 4128 int found_new_match; | |
| 4129 int type = ctrl_x_mode; | |
| 4130 char_u *ptr; | |
| 4131 char_u *dict = NULL; | |
| 4132 int dict_f = 0; | |
| 4133 compl_T *old_match; | |
| 7 | 4134 |
| 449 | 4135 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4136 { |
| 4137 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next) | |
| 4138 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; | |
| 4139 found_all = FALSE; | |
| 4140 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
| 449 | 4141 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) |
| 12 | 4142 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; |
| 7 | 4143 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; |
| 4144 } | |
| 4145 | |
| 449 | 4146 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ |
| 659 | 4147 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; |
| 7 | 4148 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ |
| 4149 for (;;) | |
| 4150 { | |
| 4151 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
| 4152 | |
| 449 | 4153 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, |
| 7 | 4154 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the |
| 4155 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ | |
| 4156 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4157 && (!compl_started || found_all)) |
| 7 | 4158 { |
| 4159 found_all = FALSE; | |
| 4160 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') | |
| 4161 e_cpt++; | |
| 4162 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) | |
| 4163 { | |
| 4164 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
| 4165 first_match_pos = *ini; | |
| 4166 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */ | |
| 4167 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0) | |
| 4168 dec(&first_match_pos); | |
| 4169 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; | |
| 4170 type = 0; | |
| 4171 } | |
| 4172 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL | |
| 4173 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) | |
| 4174 { | |
| 4175 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ | |
| 4176 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ | |
| 4177 { | |
| 449 | 4178 compl_started = TRUE; |
| 7 | 4179 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; |
| 4180 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
| 4181 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; | |
| 4182 type = 0; | |
| 4183 } | |
| 4184 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ | |
| 4185 { | |
| 4186 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4187 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) | |
| 4188 continue; | |
| 4189 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 4190 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; | |
| 4191 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; | |
| 4192 } | |
| 274 | 4193 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), |
| 7 | 4194 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL |
| 4195 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) | |
| 4196 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL | |
| 3850 | 4197 ? ins_buf->b_fname |
| 4198 : ins_buf->b_sfname); | |
| 1869 | 4199 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 7 | 4200 } |
| 4201 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) | |
| 4202 break; | |
| 4203 else | |
| 4204 { | |
| 4205 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4206 type = -1; | |
| 4207 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') | |
| 4208 { | |
| 4209 if (*e_cpt == 'k') | |
| 4210 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 4211 else | |
| 4212 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
| 4213 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) | |
| 4214 { | |
| 4215 dict = e_cpt; | |
| 4216 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; | |
| 4217 } | |
| 4218 } | |
| 4219 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 4220 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') | |
| 4221 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
| 4222 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') | |
| 4223 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
| 4224 #endif | |
| 4225 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') | |
| 4226 { | |
| 4227 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
| 1872 | 4228 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); |
| 1869 | 4229 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 7 | 4230 } |
| 4231 else | |
| 4232 type = -1; | |
| 4233 | |
| 4234 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ | |
| 4235 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); | |
| 4236 | |
| 4237 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4238 if (type == -1) | |
| 4239 continue; | |
| 4240 } | |
| 4241 } | |
| 4242 | |
| 4243 switch (type) | |
| 4244 { | |
| 4245 case -1: | |
| 4246 break; | |
| 4247 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 4248 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
| 4249 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
| 659 | 4250 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, |
| 449 | 4251 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, |
| 7 | 4252 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES |
| 449 | 4253 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
| 7 | 4254 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, |
| 4255 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); | |
| 4256 break; | |
| 4257 #endif | |
| 4258 | |
| 4259 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
| 4260 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
| 4261 ins_compl_dictionaries( | |
| 703 | 4262 dict != NULL ? dict |
| 7 | 4263 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS |
| 4264 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL | |
| 4265 ? p_tsr | |
| 4266 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) | |
| 4267 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL | |
| 4268 ? p_dict | |
| 4269 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), | |
| 659 | 4270 compl_pattern, |
| 703 | 4271 dict != NULL ? dict_f |
| 4272 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); | |
| 7 | 4273 dict = NULL; |
| 4274 break; | |
| 4275 | |
| 4276 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
| 4277 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ | |
| 4278 save_p_ic = p_ic; | |
| 449 | 4279 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); |
| 7 | 4280 |
|
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4281 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number |
| 449 | 4282 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ |
| 4283 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, | |
| 7 | 4284 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | |
| 4285 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), | |
| 4286 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) | |
| 4287 { | |
| 942 | 4288 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
| 7 | 4289 } |
| 4290 p_ic = save_p_ic; | |
| 4291 break; | |
| 4292 | |
| 4293 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 449 | 4294 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, |
| 7 | 4295 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) |
| 4296 { | |
| 4297 | |
| 4298 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ | |
| 449 | 4299 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); |
| 681 | 4300 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, |
| 4301 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME | |
| 4302 TRUE | |
| 4303 #else | |
| 4304 FALSE | |
| 4305 #endif | |
| 4306 ); | |
| 7 | 4307 } |
| 4308 break; | |
| 4309 | |
| 4310 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 449 | 4311 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
| 4312 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), | |
| 7 | 4313 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) |
| 681 | 4314 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4315 break; |
| 4316 | |
| 12 | 4317 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 4318 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
| 523 | 4319 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
| 659 | 4320 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); |
| 12 | 4321 break; |
| 4322 #endif | |
| 4323 | |
| 477 | 4324 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
| 744 | 4325 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 477 | 4326 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, |
| 1872 | 4327 compl_pattern, &matches); |
| 477 | 4328 if (num_matches > 0) |
| 942 | 4329 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
| 477 | 4330 #endif |
| 4331 break; | |
| 4332 | |
| 7 | 4333 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ |
| 4334 /* | |
| 4335 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here | |
| 4336 */ | |
| 4337 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
| 4338 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) | |
| 4339 p_scs = FALSE; | |
| 449 | 4340 |
| 7 | 4341 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the |
| 4342 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this | |
| 4343 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set | |
| 4344 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ | |
| 4345 save_p_ws = p_ws; | |
| 4346 if (ins_buf != curbuf) | |
| 4347 p_ws = FALSE; | |
| 4348 else if (*e_cpt == '.') | |
| 4349 p_ws = TRUE; | |
| 4350 for (;;) | |
| 4351 { | |
| 464 | 4352 int flags = 0; |
| 7 | 4353 |
| 1007 | 4354 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ |
| 4355 | |
| 540 | 4356 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that |
| 4357 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ | |
| 7 | 4358 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE |
| 449 | 4359 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
| 7 | 4360 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, |
| 659 | 4361 compl_direction, compl_pattern); |
| 7 | 4362 else |
| 659 | 4363 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, |
| 4364 compl_direction, | |
| 449 | 4365 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, |
| 1496 | 4366 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL); |
| 1007 | 4367 --msg_silent; |
| 449 | 4368 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4369 { |
| 667 | 4370 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ |
| 449 | 4371 compl_started = TRUE; |
| 7 | 4372 first_match_pos = *pos; |
| 4373 last_match_pos = *pos; | |
| 4374 } | |
| 4375 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum | |
| 665 | 4376 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) |
| 7 | 4377 found_new_match = FAIL; |
| 4378 if (found_new_match == FAIL) | |
| 4379 { | |
| 4380 if (ins_buf == curbuf) | |
| 4381 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4382 break; | |
| 4383 } | |
| 4384 | |
| 4385 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ | |
| 449 | 4386 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf |
| 7 | 4387 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum |
| 4388 && ini->col == pos->col) | |
| 4389 continue; | |
| 4390 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; | |
| 4391 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4392 { | |
| 449 | 4393 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 7 | 4394 { |
| 4395 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4396 continue; | |
| 4397 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 4398 if (!p_paste) | |
| 4399 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 4400 } | |
| 4401 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 4402 } | |
| 4403 else | |
| 4404 { | |
| 449 | 4405 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; |
| 4406 | |
| 4407 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 4408 { |
| 449 | 4409 tmp_ptr += compl_length; |
| 7 | 4410 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ |
| 4411 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) | |
| 4412 continue; | |
| 4413 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
| 4414 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4415 } | |
| 4416 /* Find end of this word. */ | |
| 4417 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4418 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 4419 | |
| 449 | 4420 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 4421 && len == compl_length) | |
| 7 | 4422 { |
| 4423 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4424 { | |
| 4425 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be | |
| 4426 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. | |
| 4427 * IOSIZE is always greater than | |
| 449 | 4428 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always |
| 7 | 4429 * works -- Acevedo */ |
| 4430 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); | |
| 4431 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 4432 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 4433 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
| 4434 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4435 /* Find end of next word. */ | |
| 4436 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4437 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) | |
| 4438 { | |
| 419 | 4439 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) |
| 7 | 4440 { |
| 419 | 4441 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') |
| 7 | 4442 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
| 4443 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ | |
| 4444 if (p_js | |
| 419 | 4445 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' |
| 7 | 4446 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) |
| 4447 == NULL | |
| 419 | 4448 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' |
| 4449 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) | |
| 7 | 4450 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
| 4451 } | |
|
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4452 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ |
| 7 | 4453 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) |
| 4454 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; | |
| 4455 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 4456 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 464 | 4457 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 4458 } |
| 4459 IObuff[len] = NUL; | |
| 4460 ptr = IObuff; | |
| 4461 } | |
| 449 | 4462 if (len == compl_length) |
| 7 | 4463 continue; |
| 4464 } | |
| 4465 } | |
| 942 | 4466 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, |
| 540 | 4467 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, |
| 659 | 4468 0, flags) != NOTDONE) |
| 7 | 4469 { |
| 4470 found_new_match = OK; | |
| 4471 break; | |
| 4472 } | |
| 4473 } | |
| 4474 p_scs = save_p_scs; | |
| 4475 p_ws = save_p_ws; | |
| 4476 } | |
| 540 | 4477 |
| 449 | 4478 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of |
| 1796 | 4479 * expansion added something) */ |
| 540 | 4480 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match) |
| 7 | 4481 found_new_match = OK; |
| 4482 | |
| 4483 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the | |
| 4484 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */ | |
| 4485 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4486 || found_new_match != FAIL) |
| 540 | 4487 { |
| 4488 if (got_int) | |
| 4489 break; | |
| 665 | 4490 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ |
| 989 | 4491 if (type != -1) |
| 540 | 4492 ins_compl_check_keys(0); |
| 665 | 4493 |
| 540 | 4494 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 4495 || compl_interrupted) | |
| 4496 break; | |
| 4497 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 4498 } | |
| 4499 else | |
| 4500 { | |
| 4501 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ | |
| 4502 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
| 4503 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; | |
| 4504 | |
| 4505 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 4506 } | |
| 449 | 4507 } |
| 4508 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4509 |
| 4510 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4511 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ | |
| 4512 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
| 4513 | |
| 4514 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ | |
| 4515 if (found_new_match == FAIL | |
| 4516 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)) | |
| 4517 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
| 4518 | |
| 4519 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has | |
| 449 | 4520 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next |
| 4521 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ | |
| 724 | 4522 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next |
| 4523 : old_match->cp_prev; | |
| 449 | 4524 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) |
| 4525 compl_curr_match = old_match; | |
| 7 | 4526 return i; |
| 4527 } | |
| 4528 | |
| 4529 /* Delete the old text being completed. */ | |
| 4530 static void | |
| 4531 ins_compl_delete() | |
| 4532 { | |
| 4533 int i; | |
| 4534 | |
| 4535 /* | |
| 4536 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. | |
| 4537 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. | |
| 4538 */ | |
| 449 | 4539 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); |
| 7 | 4540 backspace_until_column(i); |
| 4541 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 4542 } | |
| 4543 | |
| 4544 /* Insert the new text being completed. */ | |
| 4545 static void | |
| 4546 ins_compl_insert() | |
| 4547 { | |
| 1782 | 4548 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); |
| 683 | 4549 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 4550 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 4551 else | |
| 4552 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4553 } |
| 4554 | |
| 4555 /* | |
| 4556 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. | |
| 464 | 4557 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to |
| 4558 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there | |
| 4559 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when | |
| 4560 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing | |
| 4561 * through the ones found so far. | |
| 7 | 4562 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. |
| 4563 * | |
| 449 | 4564 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use |
| 4565 * compl_shown_match here. | |
| 7 | 4566 * |
| 4567 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with | |
| 464 | 4568 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn |
| 4569 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. | |
| 7 | 4570 */ |
| 4571 static int | |
| 665 | 4572 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match) |
| 7 | 4573 int allow_get_expansion; |
| 610 | 4574 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should |
| 4575 be at least 1 */ | |
| 665 | 4576 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */ |
| 7 | 4577 { |
| 4578 int num_matches = -1; | |
| 4579 int i; | |
| 610 | 4580 int todo = count; |
| 657 | 4581 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; |
| 4582 int found_end = FALSE; | |
| 836 | 4583 int advance; |
| 7 | 4584 |
| 3271 | 4585 /* When user complete function return -1 for findstart which is next |
| 4586 * time of 'always', compl_shown_match become NULL. */ | |
| 4587 if (compl_shown_match == NULL) | |
| 4588 return -1; | |
| 4589 | |
| 665 | 4590 if (compl_leader != NULL |
| 4591 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
| 4592 { | |
| 4593 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ | |
| 4594 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ | |
| 681 | 4595 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
| 835 | 4596 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) |
| 665 | 4597 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL |
| 4598 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) | |
| 4599 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 887 | 4600 |
| 4601 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is | |
| 4602 * backward, find the last match. */ | |
| 4603 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
| 4604 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
| 4605 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
| 4606 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL | |
| 4607 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) | |
| 4608 { | |
| 4609 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
| 4610 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
| 4611 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL | |
| 4612 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) | |
| 4613 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
| 4614 } | |
| 665 | 4615 } |
| 4616 | |
| 4617 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match | |
| 874 | 4618 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) |
| 7 | 4619 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ |
| 4620 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 665 | 4621 |
| 836 | 4622 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, |
| 4623 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ | |
| 4624 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; | |
| 4625 | |
| 874 | 4626 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ |
| 4627 if (compl_restarting) | |
| 4628 { | |
| 4629 advance = FALSE; | |
| 4630 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
| 4631 } | |
| 4632 | |
| 610 | 4633 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap |
| 4634 * around. */ | |
| 4635 while (--todo >= 0) | |
| 4636 { | |
| 4637 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
| 4638 { | |
| 4639 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 657 | 4640 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL |
| 4641 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match | |
| 4642 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); | |
| 610 | 4643 } |
| 4644 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
| 4645 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
| 4646 { | |
| 657 | 4647 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
| 610 | 4648 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; |
| 657 | 4649 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
| 7 | 4650 } |
| 4651 else | |
| 610 | 4652 { |
| 909 | 4653 if (!allow_get_expansion) |
| 4654 { | |
| 4655 if (advance) | |
| 4656 { | |
| 4657 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 4658 compl_pending -= todo + 1; | |
| 4659 else | |
| 4660 compl_pending += todo + 1; | |
| 4661 } | |
| 4662 return -1; | |
| 4663 } | |
| 4664 | |
| 836 | 4665 if (advance) |
| 4666 { | |
| 4667 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 4668 --compl_pending; | |
| 4669 else | |
| 4670 ++compl_pending; | |
| 4671 } | |
| 657 | 4672 |
| 874 | 4673 /* Find matches. */ |
| 659 | 4674 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); |
| 909 | 4675 |
| 4676 /* handle any pending completions */ | |
| 4677 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir | |
| 836 | 4678 && advance) |
| 909 | 4679 { |
| 4680 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
| 4681 { | |
| 4682 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 4683 --compl_pending; | |
| 4684 } | |
| 4685 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
| 4686 { | |
| 4687 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
| 4688 ++compl_pending; | |
| 4689 } | |
| 4690 else | |
| 4691 break; | |
| 4692 } | |
| 657 | 4693 found_end = FALSE; |
| 4694 } | |
| 4695 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 | |
| 4696 && compl_leader != NULL | |
| 681 | 4697 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
| 835 | 4698 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
| 657 | 4699 ++todo; |
| 4700 else | |
| 4701 /* Remember a matching item. */ | |
| 4702 found_compl = compl_shown_match; | |
| 4703 | |
| 4704 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ | |
| 4705 if (found_end) | |
| 4706 { | |
| 4707 if (found_compl != NULL) | |
| 610 | 4708 { |
| 657 | 4709 compl_shown_match = found_compl; |
| 4710 break; | |
| 610 | 4711 } |
| 657 | 4712 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ |
| 610 | 4713 } |
| 7 | 4714 } |
| 4715 | |
| 665 | 4716 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ |
| 4717 if (insert_match) | |
| 4718 { | |
| 4719 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) | |
| 4720 ins_compl_insert(); | |
| 4721 else | |
| 1782 | 4722 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 665 | 4723 } |
| 4724 else | |
| 4725 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 4726 |
| 4727 if (!allow_get_expansion) | |
| 4728 { | |
| 540 | 4729 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ |
| 4730 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
| 4731 | |
| 665 | 4732 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ |
| 4733 update_screen(0); | |
| 4734 | |
| 540 | 4735 /* display the updated popup menu */ |
| 4736 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 864 | 4737 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 4738 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 4739 { | |
| 4740 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
| 4741 setcursor(); | |
| 4742 out_flush(); | |
| 4743 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 4744 } | |
| 4745 #endif | |
| 540 | 4746 |
| 7 | 4747 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and |
| 4748 * don't want to match ourselves! */ | |
| 4749 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 4750 } | |
| 4751 | |
| 825 | 4752 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup |
| 1219 | 4753 * menu is visible. */ |
| 825 | 4754 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; |
| 4755 | |
| 7 | 4756 /* |
| 4757 * Show the file name for the match (if any) | |
| 4758 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. | |
| 4759 */ | |
| 464 | 4760 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) |
| 7 | 4761 { |
| 4762 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file "); | |
| 464 | 4763 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col; |
| 7 | 4764 if (i <= 0) |
| 4765 i = 0; | |
| 4766 else | |
| 4767 STRCAT(IObuff, "<"); | |
| 464 | 4768 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i); |
| 7 | 4769 msg(IObuff); |
| 4770 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ | |
| 4771 } | |
| 4772 | |
| 4773 return num_matches; | |
| 4774 } | |
| 4775 | |
| 4776 /* | |
| 4777 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key | |
| 4778 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion | |
| 716 | 4779 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as |
| 7 | 4780 * possible. -- webb |
| 464 | 4781 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. |
| 7 | 4782 */ |
| 4783 void | |
| 464 | 4784 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency) |
| 4785 int frequency; | |
| 7 | 4786 { |
| 4787 static int count = 0; | |
| 4788 | |
| 4789 int c; | |
| 4790 | |
| 4791 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test | |
| 4792 * scripts */ | |
| 4793 if (using_script()) | |
| 4794 return; | |
| 4795 | |
| 4796 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ | |
| 464 | 4797 if (++count < frequency) |
| 7 | 4798 return; |
| 4799 count = 0; | |
| 4800 | |
| 909 | 4801 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() |
| 4802 * can't do its work correctly. */ | |
| 7 | 4803 c = vpeekc_any(); |
| 4804 if (c != NUL) | |
| 4805 { | |
| 4806 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) | |
| 4807 { | |
| 4808 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ | |
| 610 | 4809 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
| 665 | 4810 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), |
| 4811 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN); | |
| 7 | 4812 } |
| 909 | 4813 else |
| 4814 { | |
| 4815 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it | |
| 1526 | 4816 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ |
| 909 | 4817 c = safe_vgetc(); |
| 1526 | 4818 if (c != K_IGNORE) |
| 4819 { | |
| 4820 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, | |
| 4821 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ | |
| 4822 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) | |
| 4823 compl_interrupted = TRUE; | |
| 4824 | |
| 4825 vungetc(c); | |
| 4826 } | |
| 909 | 4827 } |
| 449 | 4828 } |
| 716 | 4829 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int) |
| 909 | 4830 { |
| 4831 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; | |
| 4832 | |
| 4833 compl_pending = 0; | |
| 4834 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE); | |
| 4835 } | |
| 610 | 4836 } |
| 4837 | |
| 4838 /* | |
| 4839 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. | |
| 4840 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. | |
| 4841 */ | |
| 4842 static int | |
| 4843 ins_compl_key2dir(c) | |
| 4844 int c; | |
| 4845 { | |
| 665 | 4846 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L |
| 4847 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP | |
| 4848 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP))) | |
| 610 | 4849 return BACKWARD; |
| 4850 return FORWARD; | |
| 4851 } | |
| 4852 | |
| 4853 /* | |
| 644 | 4854 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu |
| 4855 * is visible. | |
| 4856 */ | |
| 4857 static int | |
| 4858 ins_compl_pum_key(c) | |
| 4859 int c; | |
| 4860 { | |
| 4861 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP | |
| 665 | 4862 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN |
| 4863 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); | |
| 644 | 4864 } |
| 4865 | |
| 4866 /* | |
| 610 | 4867 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. |
| 4868 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. | |
| 4869 */ | |
| 4870 static int | |
| 4871 ins_compl_key2count(c) | |
| 4872 int c; | |
| 4873 { | |
| 4874 int h; | |
| 4875 | |
| 665 | 4876 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) |
| 610 | 4877 { |
| 4878 h = pum_get_height(); | |
| 4879 if (h > 3) | |
| 4880 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ | |
| 4881 return h; | |
| 4882 } | |
| 4883 return 1; | |
| 7 | 4884 } |
| 4885 | |
| 4886 /* | |
| 681 | 4887 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only |
| 4888 * to change the currently selected completion. | |
| 4889 */ | |
| 4890 static int | |
| 4891 ins_compl_use_match(c) | |
| 4892 int c; | |
| 4893 { | |
| 4894 switch (c) | |
| 4895 { | |
| 4896 case K_UP: | |
| 4897 case K_DOWN: | |
| 4898 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
| 4899 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 4900 case K_S_DOWN: | |
| 4901 case K_PAGEUP: | |
| 4902 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 4903 case K_S_UP: | |
| 4904 return FALSE; | |
| 4905 } | |
| 4906 return TRUE; | |
| 4907 } | |
| 4908 | |
| 4909 /* | |
| 7 | 4910 * Do Insert mode completion. |
| 4911 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. | |
| 4912 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). | |
| 4913 */ | |
| 4914 static int | |
| 4915 ins_complete(c) | |
| 449 | 4916 int c; |
| 7 | 4917 { |
| 449 | 4918 char_u *line; |
| 4919 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ | |
| 4920 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ | |
| 4921 int n; | |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
4922 int save_w_wrow; |
| 7 | 4923 |
| 610 | 4924 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
| 449 | 4925 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4926 { |
| 4927 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ | |
| 4928 | |
| 4929 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 4930 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 4931 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 4932 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 4933 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 4934 #endif | |
| 4935 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 4936 return FAIL; | |
| 4937 | |
| 4938 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 449 | 4939 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 716 | 4940 compl_pending = 0; |
| 7 | 4941 |
| 1430 | 4942 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from |
| 449 | 4943 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word |
| 4944 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if | |
| 1430 | 4945 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it |
| 4946 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL | |
| 4947 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of | |
| 4948 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ | |
| 665 | 4949 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT |
| 4950 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) | |
| 7 | 4951 { |
| 4952 /* | |
| 4953 * it is a continued search | |
| 4954 */ | |
| 449 | 4955 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ |
| 7 | 4956 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS |
| 4957 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
| 4958 { | |
| 449 | 4959 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 7 | 4960 { |
| 449 | 4961 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the |
| 4962 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar | |
| 4963 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't | |
| 4964 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ | |
| 4965 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); | |
| 4966 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
| 4967 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 4968 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ | |
| 7 | 4969 } |
| 4970 else | |
| 4971 { | |
| 4972 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the | |
| 4973 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL | |
| 449 | 4974 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ |
| 4975 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) | |
| 7 | 4976 { |
| 449 | 4977 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; |
| 4978 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( | |
| 4979 line + compl_length | |
| 4980 + compl_startpos.col) - line); | |
| 7 | 4981 } |
| 449 | 4982 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; |
| 7 | 4983 } |
| 449 | 4984 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 502 | 4985 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we |
| 1796 | 4986 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ |
| 7 | 4987 #define MIN_SPACE 75 |
| 449 | 4988 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) |
| 7 | 4989 { |
| 449 | 4990 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; |
| 4991 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); | |
| 4992 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; | |
| 7 | 4993 } |
| 449 | 4994 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 4995 if (compl_length < 1) | |
| 4996 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 7 | 4997 } |
| 4998 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4999 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 7 | 5000 else |
| 449 | 5001 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 7 | 5002 } |
| 5003 else | |
| 449 | 5004 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; |
| 5005 | |
| 5006 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ | |
| 5007 { | |
| 5008 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; | |
| 7 | 5009 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */ |
| 449 | 5010 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 5011 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; | |
| 5012 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5013 startcol = (int)curs_col; | |
| 5014 compl_col = 0; | |
| 7 | 5015 } |
| 5016 | |
| 5017 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ | |
| 5018 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) | |
| 5019 { | |
| 449 | 5020 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) |
| 7 | 5021 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) |
| 5022 { | |
| 449 | 5023 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) |
| 7 | 5024 { |
| 449 | 5025 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 5026 ; |
| 449 | 5027 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 5028 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; | |
| 7 | 5029 } |
| 5030 if (p_ic) | |
| 449 | 5031 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, |
| 5032 compl_length, NULL, 0); | |
| 7 | 5033 else |
| 449 | 5034 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, |
| 5035 compl_length); | |
| 5036 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5037 return FAIL; |
| 5038 } | |
| 449 | 5039 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 7 | 5040 { |
| 5041 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; | |
| 5042 | |
| 1872 | 5043 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ |
| 449 | 5044 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
| 1872 | 5045 compl_length) + 2); |
| 449 | 5046 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
| 7 | 5047 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5048 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) |
| 5049 || (compl_col > 0 | |
| 7 | 5050 && ( |
| 5051 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 449 | 5052 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) |
| 7 | 5053 #else |
| 449 | 5054 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) |
| 7 | 5055 #endif |
| 5056 ))) | |
| 5057 prefix = (char_u *)""; | |
| 449 | 5058 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); |
| 5059 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), | |
| 5060 line + compl_col, compl_length); | |
| 7 | 5061 } |
| 449 | 5062 else if (--startcol < 0 || |
| 7 | 5063 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 449 | 5064 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) |
| 7 | 5065 #else |
| 449 | 5066 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) |
| 7 | 5067 #endif |
| 5068 ) | |
| 5069 { | |
| 5070 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ | |
| 449 | 5071 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); |
| 5072 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5073 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5074 compl_col += curs_col; |
| 5075 compl_length = 0; | |
| 7 | 5076 } |
| 5077 else | |
| 5078 { | |
| 5079 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5080 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character | |
| 5081 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ | |
| 5082 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5083 { | |
| 5084 int base_class; | |
| 5085 int head_off; | |
| 5086 | |
| 449 | 5087 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
| 5088 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); | |
| 5089 while (--startcol >= 0) | |
| 7 | 5090 { |
| 449 | 5091 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
| 5092 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol | |
| 5093 - head_off)) | |
| 7 | 5094 break; |
| 449 | 5095 startcol -= head_off; |
| 7 | 5096 } |
| 5097 } | |
| 5098 else | |
| 5099 #endif | |
| 449 | 5100 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 5101 ; |
| 449 | 5102 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 5103 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
| 5104 if (compl_length == 1) | |
| 7 | 5105 { |
| 5106 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb | |
| 5107 * there's no need to call quote_meta, | |
| 5108 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo | |
| 5109 */ | |
| 449 | 5110 compl_pattern = alloc(7); |
| 5111 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5112 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5113 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
| 5114 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); | |
| 5115 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); | |
| 7 | 5116 } |
| 5117 else | |
| 5118 { | |
| 449 | 5119 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
| 1872 | 5120 compl_length) + 2); |
| 449 | 5121 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
| 7 | 5122 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5123 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
| 5124 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, | |
| 5125 compl_length); | |
| 7 | 5126 } |
| 5127 } | |
| 5128 } | |
| 5129 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 5130 { | |
| 835 | 5131 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
| 449 | 5132 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; |
| 5133 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ | |
| 5134 compl_length = 0; | |
| 7 | 5135 if (p_ic) |
| 449 | 5136 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, |
| 5137 NULL, 0); | |
| 7 | 5138 else |
| 449 | 5139 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5140 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5141 return FAIL; |
| 5142 } | |
| 5143 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) | |
| 5144 { | |
| 449 | 5145 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 5146 ; |
| 449 | 5147 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 5148 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
| 5149 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, | |
| 5150 EXPAND_FILES); | |
| 5151 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5152 return FAIL; |
| 5153 } | |
| 5154 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 5155 { | |
| 449 | 5156 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); |
| 5157 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5158 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5159 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
| 5160 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col); | |
| 5161 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL | |
| 5162 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) | |
| 935 | 5163 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a |
| 5164 * "pattern not found" message. */ | |
| 897 | 5165 compl_col = curs_col; |
| 5166 else | |
| 935 | 5167 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); |
| 5168 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; | |
| 7 | 5169 } |
| 523 | 5170 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
| 502 | 5171 { |
| 12 | 5172 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 5173 /* | |
| 502 | 5174 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" |
| 5175 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. | |
| 12 | 5176 */ |
| 502 | 5177 char_u *args[2]; |
| 452 | 5178 int col; |
| 502 | 5179 char_u *funcname; |
| 5180 pos_T pos; | |
| 2631 | 5181 win_T *curwin_save; |
| 5182 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
| 502 | 5183 |
| 523 | 5184 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a |
| 502 | 5185 * string */ |
| 5186 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
| 5187 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
| 5188 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
| 523 | 5189 { |
| 5190 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
| 5191 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); | |
| 12 | 5192 return FAIL; |
| 523 | 5193 } |
| 452 | 5194 |
| 5195 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; | |
| 502 | 5196 args[1] = NULL; |
| 5197 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2631 | 5198 curwin_save = curwin; |
| 5199 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
| 502 | 5200 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); |
| 2631 | 5201 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) |
| 5202 { | |
| 5203 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); | |
| 5204 return FAIL; | |
| 5205 } | |
| 502 | 5206 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ |
| 2631 | 5207 check_cursor(); |
| 5208 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) | |
| 5209 { | |
| 5210 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); | |
| 5211 return FAIL; | |
| 5212 } | |
| 502 | 5213 |
| 3302 | 5214 /* Return value -2 means the user complete function wants to |
| 3516 | 5215 * cancel the complete without an error. |
| 5216 * Return value -3 does the same as -2 and leaves CTRL-X mode.*/ | |
| 3302 | 5217 if (col == -2) |
| 5218 return FAIL; | |
| 3516 | 5219 if (col == -3) |
| 5220 { | |
| 5221 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 5222 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 5223 msg_clr_cmdline(); | |
| 5224 return FAIL; | |
| 5225 } | |
| 3302 | 5226 |
| 3078 | 5227 /* |
| 5228 * Reset extended parameters of completion, when start new | |
| 5229 * completion. | |
| 5230 */ | |
| 5231 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; | |
| 5232 | |
| 452 | 5233 if (col < 0) |
| 523 | 5234 col = curs_col; |
| 452 | 5235 compl_col = col; |
| 1872 | 5236 if (compl_col > curs_col) |
| 452 | 5237 compl_col = curs_col; |
| 449 | 5238 |
| 5239 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, | |
| 5240 * it may have become invalid. */ | |
| 5241 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 452 | 5242 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; |
| 449 | 5243 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5244 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 502 | 5245 #endif |
| 449 | 5246 return FAIL; |
| 5247 } | |
| 477 | 5248 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) |
| 5249 { | |
| 744 | 5250 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 497 | 5251 if (spell_bad_len > 0) |
| 5252 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; | |
| 5253 else | |
| 5254 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); | |
| 5255 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) | |
| 897 | 5256 { |
| 5257 compl_length = 0; | |
| 5258 compl_col = curs_col; | |
| 5259 } | |
| 5260 else | |
| 5261 { | |
| 5262 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); | |
| 5263 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; | |
| 5264 } | |
| 818 | 5265 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ |
| 5266 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 477 | 5267 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5268 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 5269 #endif | |
| 5270 return FAIL; | |
| 5271 } | |
| 449 | 5272 else |
| 5273 { | |
| 5274 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()"); | |
| 5275 return FAIL; | |
| 5276 } | |
| 5277 | |
| 5278 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 5279 { |
| 5280 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); | |
| 5281 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 5282 { | |
| 5283 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ | |
| 5284 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5285 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
| 5286 | |
| 5287 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; | |
| 5288 #endif | |
| 449 | 5289 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 5290 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
| 7 | 5291 ins_eol('\r'); |
| 5292 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5293 curbuf->b_p_com = old; | |
| 5294 #endif | |
| 449 | 5295 compl_length = 0; |
| 5296 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7 | 5297 } |
| 5298 } | |
| 5299 else | |
| 5300 { | |
| 5301 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 449 | 5302 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; |
| 5303 } | |
| 5304 | |
| 5305 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) | |
| 5306 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); | |
| 7 | 5307 else |
| 5308 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
| 5309 | |
| 3095 | 5310 /* If any of the original typed text has been changed we need to fix |
| 5311 * the redo buffer. */ | |
| 5312 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(NULL); | |
| 5313 | |
| 694 | 5314 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ |
| 5315 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
| 449 | 5316 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5317 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
| 942 | 5318 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
| 449 | 5319 { |
| 5320 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
| 5321 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 5322 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
| 5323 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5324 return FAIL; |
| 5325 } | |
| 5326 | |
| 5327 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must | |
| 5328 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no | |
| 5329 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. | |
| 5330 */ | |
| 5331 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); | |
| 5332 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5333 showmode(); | |
| 5334 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
| 5335 out_flush(); | |
| 5336 } | |
| 5337 | |
| 449 | 5338 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; |
| 5339 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; | |
| 7 | 5340 |
| 5341 /* | |
| 665 | 5342 * Find next match (and following matches). |
| 7 | 5343 */ |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5344 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; |
| 681 | 5345 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c)); |
| 449 | 5346 |
| 540 | 5347 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ |
| 5348 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
| 5349 | |
| 449 | 5350 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ |
| 5351 compl_matches = n; | |
| 5352 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
| 5353 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; | |
| 857 | 5354 |
| 5355 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert | |
| 5356 * mode. */ | |
| 7 | 5357 if (got_int && !global_busy) |
| 5358 { | |
| 5359 (void)vgetc(); | |
| 5360 got_int = FALSE; | |
| 5361 } | |
| 5362 | |
| 449 | 5363 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ |
| 464 | 5364 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) |
| 449 | 5365 { |
| 5366 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 5367 && compl_length > 1 | |
| 7 | 5368 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); |
| 5369 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; | |
| 5370 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, | |
| 5371 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used | |
| 5372 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word | |
| 5373 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ | |
| 449 | 5374 if ( compl_length > 1 |
| 5375 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 5376 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 |
| 5377 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS | |
| 5378 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) | |
| 449 | 5379 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 5380 } | |
| 5381 | |
| 464 | 5382 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) |
| 449 | 5383 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 5384 else |
| 449 | 5385 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 5386 |
| 5387 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) | |
| 5388 { | |
| 464 | 5389 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 7 | 5390 { |
| 5391 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); | |
| 5392 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; | |
| 5393 } | |
| 449 | 5394 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) |
| 7 | 5395 { |
| 5396 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); | |
| 5397 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5398 } | |
| 464 | 5399 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) |
| 7 | 5400 { |
| 5401 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); | |
| 5402 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5403 } | |
| 5404 else | |
| 5405 { | |
| 5406 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ | |
| 464 | 5407 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) |
| 7 | 5408 { |
| 464 | 5409 int number = 0; |
| 5410 compl_T *match; | |
| 7 | 5411 |
| 449 | 5412 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) |
| 7 | 5413 { |
| 5414 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. | |
| 5415 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop | |
| 5416 * cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
| 464 | 5417 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL |
| 5418 && match != compl_first_match; | |
| 5419 match = match->cp_prev) | |
| 5420 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
| 7 | 5421 { |
| 464 | 5422 number = match->cp_number; |
| 7 | 5423 break; |
| 5424 } | |
| 5425 if (match != NULL) | |
| 5426 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned | |
| 5427 * yet */ | |
| 540 | 5428 for (match = match->cp_next; |
| 5429 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; | |
| 464 | 5430 match = match->cp_next) |
| 5431 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
| 7 | 5432 } |
| 5433 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
| 5434 { | |
| 5435 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) | |
| 5436 * number. This should normally succeed already at the | |
| 5437 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
| 464 | 5438 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL |
| 5439 && match != compl_first_match; | |
| 5440 match = match->cp_next) | |
| 5441 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
| 7 | 5442 { |
| 464 | 5443 number = match->cp_number; |
| 7 | 5444 break; |
| 5445 } | |
| 5446 if (match != NULL) | |
| 5447 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not | |
| 5448 * assigned yet */ | |
| 464 | 5449 for (match = match->cp_prev; match |
| 5450 && match->cp_number == -1; | |
| 5451 match = match->cp_prev) | |
| 5452 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
| 7 | 5453 } |
| 5454 } | |
| 5455 | |
| 540 | 5456 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is |
| 5457 * just a safety check. */ | |
| 464 | 5458 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) |
| 7 | 5459 { |
| 1063 | 5460 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. |
| 5461 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ | |
| 5462 static char_u match_ref[81]; | |
| 7 | 5463 |
| 449 | 5464 if (compl_matches > 0) |
| 1063 | 5465 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
| 5466 _("match %d of %d"), | |
| 464 | 5467 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); |
| 7 | 5468 else |
| 1063 | 5469 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
| 5470 _("match %d"), | |
| 5471 compl_curr_match->cp_number); | |
| 7 | 5472 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; |
| 5473 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; | |
| 3318 | 5474 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) |
| 7 | 5475 curs_columns(FALSE); |
| 5476 } | |
| 5477 } | |
| 5478 } | |
| 5479 | |
| 5480 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ | |
| 5481 showmode(); | |
| 5482 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 5483 { | |
| 5484 if (!p_smd) | |
| 5485 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, | |
| 5486 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT | |
| 5487 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0); | |
| 5488 } | |
| 5489 else | |
| 5490 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ | |
| 5491 | |
| 857 | 5492 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ |
| 5493 if (!compl_interrupted) | |
| 5494 { | |
| 5495 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ | |
| 5496 n = RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 5497 RedrawingDisabled = 0; | |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5498 |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5499 /* If the cursor moved we need to remove the pum first. */ |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5500 setcursor(); |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5501 if (save_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow) |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5502 ins_compl_del_pum(); |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5503 |
| 857 | 5504 ins_compl_show_pum(); |
| 5505 setcursor(); | |
| 5506 RedrawingDisabled = n; | |
| 5507 } | |
| 874 | 5508 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; |
| 857 | 5509 compl_interrupted = FALSE; |
| 540 | 5510 |
| 7 | 5511 return OK; |
| 5512 } | |
| 5513 | |
| 5514 /* | |
| 5515 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. | |
| 5516 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with | |
| 5517 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. | |
| 5518 * Returns the length (needed) of dest | |
| 5519 */ | |
| 1872 | 5520 static unsigned |
| 7 | 5521 quote_meta(dest, src, len) |
| 5522 char_u *dest; | |
| 5523 char_u *src; | |
| 5524 int len; | |
| 5525 { | |
| 1872 | 5526 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ |
| 5527 | |
| 5528 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) | |
| 7 | 5529 { |
| 5530 switch (*src) | |
| 5531 { | |
| 5532 case '.': | |
| 5533 case '*': | |
| 5534 case '[': | |
| 5535 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
| 5536 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 5537 break; | |
| 5538 case '~': | |
| 5539 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ | |
| 5540 break; | |
| 5541 case '\\': | |
| 5542 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
| 5543 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 5544 break; | |
| 5545 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ | |
| 5546 case '$': | |
| 5547 m++; | |
| 5548 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5549 *dest++ = '\\'; | |
| 5550 break; | |
| 5551 } | |
| 5552 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5553 *dest++ = *src; | |
| 464 | 5554 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7 | 5555 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ |
| 5556 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5557 { | |
| 5558 int i, mb_len; | |
| 5559 | |
| 474 | 5560 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; |
| 7 | 5561 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) |
| 5562 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) | |
| 5563 { | |
| 5564 --len; | |
| 5565 ++src; | |
| 5566 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5567 *dest++ = *src; | |
| 5568 } | |
| 5569 } | |
| 464 | 5570 # endif |
| 7 | 5571 } |
| 5572 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5573 *dest = NUL; | |
| 5574 | |
| 5575 return m; | |
| 5576 } | |
| 5577 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
| 5578 | |
| 5579 /* | |
| 5580 * Next character is interpreted literally. | |
| 5581 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. | |
| 5582 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). | |
| 5583 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. | |
| 5584 */ | |
| 5585 int | |
| 5586 get_literal() | |
| 5587 { | |
| 5588 int cc; | |
| 5589 int nc; | |
| 5590 int i; | |
| 5591 int hex = FALSE; | |
| 5592 int octal = FALSE; | |
| 5593 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5594 int unicode = 0; | |
| 5595 #endif | |
| 5596 | |
| 5597 if (got_int) | |
| 5598 return Ctrl_C; | |
| 5599 | |
| 5600 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5601 /* | |
| 5602 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. | |
| 5603 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would | |
| 5604 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be | |
| 5605 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb | |
| 5606 */ | |
| 5607 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 5608 ++allow_keys; | |
| 5609 #endif | |
| 5610 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 5611 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 5612 #endif | |
| 5613 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
| 5614 cc = 0; | |
| 5615 i = 0; | |
| 5616 for (;;) | |
| 5617 { | |
| 1389 | 5618 nc = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 5619 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 5620 if (!(State & CMDLINE) | |
| 5621 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5622 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 | |
| 5623 # endif | |
| 5624 ) | |
| 5625 add_to_showcmd(nc); | |
| 5626 #endif | |
| 5627 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') | |
| 5628 hex = TRUE; | |
| 5629 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') | |
| 5630 octal = TRUE; | |
| 5631 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5632 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') | |
| 5633 unicode = nc; | |
| 5634 #endif | |
| 5635 else | |
| 5636 { | |
| 5637 if (hex | |
| 5638 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5639 || unicode != 0 | |
| 5640 #endif | |
| 5641 ) | |
| 5642 { | |
| 5643 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) | |
| 5644 break; | |
| 5645 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); | |
| 5646 } | |
| 5647 else if (octal) | |
| 5648 { | |
| 5649 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') | |
| 5650 break; | |
| 5651 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; | |
| 5652 } | |
| 5653 else | |
| 5654 { | |
| 5655 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) | |
| 5656 break; | |
| 5657 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; | |
| 5658 } | |
| 5659 | |
| 5660 ++i; | |
| 5661 } | |
| 5662 | |
| 5663 if (cc > 255 | |
| 5664 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5665 && unicode == 0 | |
| 5666 #endif | |
| 5667 ) | |
| 5668 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ | |
| 5669 nc = 0; | |
| 5670 | |
| 5671 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ | |
| 5672 { | |
| 5673 if (i >= 2) | |
| 5674 break; | |
| 5675 } | |
| 5676 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5677 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ | |
| 5678 { | |
| 5679 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) | |
| 5680 break; | |
| 5681 } | |
| 5682 #endif | |
| 5683 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ | |
| 5684 break; | |
| 5685 } | |
| 5686 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ | |
| 5687 { | |
| 5688 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
| 5689 { | |
| 5690 cc = '\n'; | |
| 5691 nc = 0; | |
| 5692 } | |
| 5693 else | |
| 5694 { | |
| 5695 cc = nc; | |
| 5696 nc = 0; | |
| 5697 } | |
| 5698 } | |
| 5699 | |
| 5700 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
| 5701 cc = '\n'; | |
| 221 | 5702 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5703 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) | |
| 5704 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the | |
| 5705 second byte will cause trouble! */ | |
| 5706 #endif | |
| 7 | 5707 |
| 5708 --no_mapping; | |
| 5709 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5710 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 5711 --allow_keys; | |
| 5712 #endif | |
| 5713 if (nc) | |
| 5714 vungetc(nc); | |
| 5715 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ | |
| 5716 return cc; | |
| 5717 } | |
| 5718 | |
| 5719 /* | |
| 5720 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask | |
| 5721 */ | |
| 5722 static void | |
| 5723 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv) | |
| 5724 int c; | |
| 5725 int allow_modmask; | |
| 5726 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ | |
| 5727 { | |
| 5728 char_u *p; | |
| 5729 int len; | |
| 5730 | |
| 5731 /* | |
| 5732 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is | |
| 5733 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace | |
| 5734 * mode. | |
| 5735 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, | |
| 5736 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. | |
| 5737 */ | |
| 5738 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 5739 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ | |
| 5740 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) | |
| 5741 allow_modmask = TRUE; | |
| 5742 #endif | |
| 5743 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) | |
| 5744 { | |
| 5745 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); | |
| 5746 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
| 5747 c = p[len - 1]; | |
| 5748 if (len > 2) | |
| 5749 { | |
| 5750 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 5751 return; | |
| 5752 p[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 5753 ins_str(p); | |
| 620 | 5754 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); |
| 7 | 5755 ctrlv = FALSE; |
| 5756 } | |
| 5757 } | |
| 5758 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 5759 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); | |
| 5760 } | |
| 5761 | |
| 5762 /* | |
| 5763 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other | |
| 5764 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC | |
| 5765 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to | |
| 5766 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by | |
| 5767 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should | |
| 5768 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. | |
| 5769 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. | |
| 5770 */ | |
| 5771 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 5772 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
| 5773 #else | |
| 5774 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
| 5775 #endif | |
| 5776 | |
| 5777 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5778 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) | |
| 5779 #else | |
| 5780 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc) | |
| 5781 #endif | |
| 5782 | |
| 3584 | 5783 /* |
| 5784 * "flags": INSCHAR_FORMAT - force formatting | |
| 5785 * INSCHAR_CTRLV - char typed just after CTRL-V | |
| 5786 * INSCHAR_NO_FEX - don't use 'formatexpr' | |
| 5787 * | |
| 5788 * NOTE: passes the flags value straight through to internal_format() which, | |
| 5789 * beside INSCHAR_FORMAT (above), is also looking for these: | |
| 5790 * INSCHAR_DO_COM - format comments | |
| 5791 * INSCHAR_COM_LIST - format comments with num list or 2nd line indent | |
| 5792 */ | |
| 7 | 5793 void |
| 5794 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent) | |
| 5795 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */ | |
| 5796 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ | |
| 5797 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ | |
| 5798 { | |
| 5799 int textwidth; | |
| 5800 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5801 char_u *p; | |
| 667 | 5802 #endif |
| 7 | 5803 int fo_ins_blank; |
| 5804 | |
| 5805 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT); | |
| 5806 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
| 5807 | |
| 5808 /* | |
| 5809 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: | |
| 5810 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. | |
| 5811 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line | |
| 5812 * ends in white space. | |
| 5813 * - Otherwise: | |
| 5814 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank | |
| 5815 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless | |
| 5816 * we're in VREPLACE mode. | |
| 5817 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started | |
| 5818 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long | |
| 5819 * before the insert. | |
| 5820 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or | |
| 5821 * before 'textwidth' | |
| 5822 */ | |
| 667 | 5823 if (textwidth > 0 |
| 7 | 5824 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) |
| 5825 || (!vim_iswhite(c) | |
| 5826 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5827 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 5828 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5829 #endif | |
| 5830 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 5831 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 5832 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) | |
| 5833 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 5834 && (!fo_ins_blank | |
| 5835 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth | |
| 5836 )))))) | |
| 5837 { | |
| 667 | 5838 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting |
| 5839 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ | |
| 5840 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
| 1000 | 5841 int do_internal = TRUE; |
| 5842 | |
| 1563 | 5843 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0) |
| 1000 | 5844 { |
| 5845 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); | |
| 5846 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() | |
| 5847 * was called. */ | |
| 5848 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
| 5849 } | |
| 5850 if (do_internal) | |
| 667 | 5851 #endif |
| 2004 | 5852 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); |
| 667 | 5853 } |
| 5854 | |
| 7 | 5855 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ |
| 5856 return; | |
| 5857 | |
| 5858 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5859 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ | |
| 5860 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) | |
| 5861 { | |
| 5862 char_u *line; | |
| 5863 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 5864 int middle_len, end_len; | |
| 5865 int i; | |
| 5866 | |
| 5867 /* | |
| 5868 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end | |
| 5869 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. | |
| 5870 */ | |
| 3562 | 5871 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 7 | 5872 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ |
| 5873 { | |
| 5874 /* Skip middle-comment string */ | |
| 5875 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
| 5876 ++p; | |
| 5877 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 5878 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ | |
| 5879 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) | |
| 5880 --middle_len; | |
| 5881 | |
| 5882 /* Find the end-comment string */ | |
| 5883 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
| 5884 ++p; | |
| 5885 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 5886 | |
| 5887 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ | |
| 5888 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5889 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i])) | |
| 5890 ; | |
| 5891 i++; | |
| 5892 | |
| 5893 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ | |
| 5894 i -= middle_len; | |
| 5895 | |
| 5896 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ | |
| 5897 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) | |
| 5898 { | |
| 5899 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ | |
| 5900 backspace_until_column(i); | |
| 5901 | |
| 5902 /* | |
| 5903 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last | |
| 5904 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. | |
| 5905 */ | |
| 5906 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); | |
| 5907 } | |
| 5908 } | |
| 5909 } | |
| 5910 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
| 5911 #endif | |
| 5912 | |
| 5913 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 5914 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 5915 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 5916 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 5917 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 5918 #endif | |
| 5919 | |
| 5920 /* | |
| 5921 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. | |
| 5922 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. | |
| 5923 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might | |
| 5924 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what | |
| 5925 * 'paste' is set).. | |
| 3390 | 5926 * Don't do this when there an InsertCharPre autocommand is defined, |
| 5927 * because we need to fire the event for every character. | |
| 7 | 5928 */ |
| 5929 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 5930 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
| 5931 #endif | |
| 5932 | |
| 5933 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
| 5934 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5935 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) | |
| 5936 #endif | |
| 5937 && vpeekc() != NUL | |
| 5938 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5939 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 5940 && !cindent_on() | |
| 5941 #endif | |
| 5942 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5943 && !p_ri | |
| 5944 #endif | |
| 3390 | 5945 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 5946 && !has_insertcharpre() | |
| 5947 #endif | |
| 7 | 5948 ) |
| 5949 { | |
| 5950 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 | |
| 5951 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; | |
| 5952 int i; | |
| 5953 colnr_T virtcol = 0; | |
| 5954 | |
| 5955 buf[0] = c; | |
| 5956 i = 1; | |
| 667 | 5957 if (textwidth > 0) |
| 7 | 5958 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); |
| 5959 /* | |
| 5960 * Stop the string when: | |
| 5961 * - no more chars available | |
| 5962 * - finding a special character (command key) | |
| 5963 * - buffer is full | |
| 5964 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary | |
| 5965 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char | |
| 5966 */ | |
| 5967 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL | |
| 5968 && !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
| 5969 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5970 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) | |
| 5971 #endif | |
| 5972 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN | |
| 5973 && (textwidth == 0 | |
| 5974 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 5975 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) | |
| 5976 { | |
| 5977 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5978 c = vgetc(); | |
| 5979 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 5980 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
| 5981 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 5982 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 5983 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
| 5984 # endif | |
| 5985 buf[i++] = c; | |
| 5986 #else | |
| 5987 buf[i++] = vgetc(); | |
| 5988 #endif | |
| 5989 } | |
| 5990 | |
| 5991 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 5992 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
| 5993 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ | |
| 5994 #endif | |
| 5995 buf[i] = NUL; | |
| 5996 ins_str(buf); | |
| 5997 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
| 5998 { | |
| 5999 redo_literal(*buf); | |
| 6000 i = 1; | |
| 6001 } | |
| 6002 else | |
| 6003 i = 0; | |
| 6004 if (buf[i] != NUL) | |
| 620 | 6005 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); |
| 7 | 6006 } |
| 6007 else | |
| 6008 { | |
| 6009 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 667 | 6010 int cc; |
| 6011 | |
| 7 | 6012 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) |
| 6013 { | |
| 6014 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 6015 | |
| 6016 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 6017 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
| 6018 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
| 6019 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6020 } | |
| 6021 else | |
| 6022 #endif | |
| 6023 { | |
| 6024 ins_char(c); | |
| 6025 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
| 6026 redo_literal(c); | |
| 6027 else | |
| 6028 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6029 } | |
| 6030 } | |
| 6031 } | |
| 6032 | |
| 6033 /* | |
| 667 | 6034 * Format text at the current insert position. |
| 3584 | 6035 * |
| 6036 * If the INSCHAR_COM_LIST flag is present, then the value of second_indent | |
| 6037 * will be the comment leader length sent to open_line(). | |
| 667 | 6038 */ |
| 6039 static void | |
| 2004 | 6040 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only, c) |
| 667 | 6041 int textwidth; |
| 6042 int second_indent; | |
| 6043 int flags; | |
| 6044 int format_only; | |
| 2004 | 6045 int c; /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ |
| 667 | 6046 { |
| 6047 int cc; | |
| 6048 int save_char = NUL; | |
| 6049 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 6050 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
| 6051 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6052 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); | |
| 6053 #endif | |
| 6054 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); | |
| 6055 int first_line = TRUE; | |
| 6056 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6057 colnr_T leader_len; | |
| 6058 int no_leader = FALSE; | |
| 6059 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); | |
| 6060 #endif | |
| 6061 | |
| 6062 /* | |
| 6063 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be | |
| 6064 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. | |
| 6065 */ | |
| 2004 | 6066 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai |
| 6067 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6068 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6069 #endif | |
| 6070 ) | |
| 667 | 6071 { |
| 6072 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6073 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 6074 { | |
| 6075 save_char = cc; | |
| 6076 pchar_cursor('x'); | |
| 6077 } | |
| 6078 } | |
| 6079 | |
| 6080 /* | |
| 6081 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. | |
| 6082 */ | |
| 6083 while (!got_int) | |
| 6084 { | |
| 6085 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ | |
| 6086 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ | |
| 6087 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ | |
| 6088 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ | |
| 6089 colnr_T len; | |
| 6090 colnr_T virtcol; | |
| 6091 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6092 int orig_col = 0; | |
| 6093 char_u *saved_text = NULL; | |
| 6094 #endif | |
| 6095 colnr_T col; | |
| 2004 | 6096 colnr_T end_col; |
| 6097 | |
| 6098 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 6099 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); | |
| 6100 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 667 | 6101 break; |
| 6102 | |
| 6103 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6104 if (no_leader) | |
| 6105 do_comments = FALSE; | |
| 6106 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
| 6107 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) | |
| 6108 do_comments = TRUE; | |
| 6109 | |
| 6110 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6111 if (do_comments) | |
| 3562 | 6112 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 667 | 6113 else |
| 6114 leader_len = 0; | |
| 6115 | |
| 6116 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't | |
| 6117 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word | |
| 6118 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines | |
| 6119 * to start with %. */ | |
| 6120 if (leader_len == 0) | |
| 6121 no_leader = TRUE; | |
| 6122 #endif | |
| 6123 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
| 6124 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6125 && leader_len == 0 | |
| 6126 #endif | |
| 6127 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) | |
| 6128 | |
| 6129 break; | |
| 6130 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) | |
| 6131 break; | |
| 6132 | |
| 6133 /* find column of textwidth border */ | |
| 6134 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); | |
| 6135 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6136 | |
| 2004 | 6137 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; |
| 667 | 6138 foundcol = 0; |
| 6139 | |
| 6140 /* | |
| 6141 * Find position to break at. | |
| 6142 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' | |
| 6143 */ | |
| 6144 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) | |
| 3162 | 6145 || (flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) |
| 667 | 6146 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum |
| 6147 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
| 6148 { | |
| 2004 | 6149 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) |
| 6150 cc = c; | |
| 6151 else | |
| 6152 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 667 | 6153 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) |
| 6154 { | |
| 6155 /* remember position of blank just before text */ | |
| 2004 | 6156 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 667 | 6157 |
| 6158 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ | |
| 6159 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6160 { | |
| 6161 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6162 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6163 } | |
| 6164 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6165 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ | |
| 6166 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6167 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6168 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6169 break; | |
| 6170 #endif | |
| 6171 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
| 6172 { | |
| 6173 /* do not break after one-letter words */ | |
| 6174 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6175 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ | |
| 2004 | 6176 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
| 6177 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ | |
| 6178 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) | |
| 6179 break; | |
| 6180 #endif | |
| 667 | 6181 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 6182 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6183 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6184 | |
| 6185 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6186 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ | |
| 6187 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6188 } | |
| 2004 | 6189 |
| 6190 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6191 | |
| 6192 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; | |
| 6193 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6194 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
| 667 | 6195 break; |
| 6196 } | |
| 6197 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2004 | 6198 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) |
| 667 | 6199 { |
| 6200 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ | |
| 2004 | 6201 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) |
| 6202 { | |
| 6203 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6204 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6205 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6206 break; | |
| 6207 #endif | |
| 6208 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6209 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6210 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ | |
| 6211 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 6212 { | |
| 6213 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6214 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
| 6215 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
| 6216 break; | |
| 6217 } | |
| 6218 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6219 } | |
| 6220 | |
| 6221 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6222 break; | |
| 6223 | |
| 6224 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6225 | |
| 6226 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6227 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6228 | |
| 6229 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6230 continue; /* break with space */ | |
| 6231 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6232 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6233 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6234 break; | |
| 6235 #endif | |
| 6236 | |
| 6237 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6238 | |
| 667 | 6239 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 6240 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
| 2004 | 6241 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) |
| 6242 break; | |
| 667 | 6243 } |
| 6244 #endif | |
| 6245 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6246 break; | |
| 6247 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6248 } | |
| 6249 | |
| 6250 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ | |
| 6251 { | |
| 6252 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; | |
| 6253 break; | |
| 6254 } | |
| 6255 | |
| 6256 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ | |
| 6257 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 6258 | |
| 6259 /* | |
| 6260 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace | |
| 6261 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces | |
| 6262 * over the text instead. | |
| 6263 */ | |
| 6264 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6265 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6266 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ | |
| 6267 else | |
| 6268 #endif | |
| 2004 | 6269 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; |
| 667 | 6270 |
| 6271 /* | |
| 6272 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and | |
| 6273 * characters that will remain on top line | |
| 6274 */ | |
| 6275 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
| 2004 | 6276 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) |
| 6277 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) | |
| 667 | 6278 inc_cursor(); |
| 6279 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6280 if (startcol < 0) | |
| 6281 startcol = 0; | |
| 6282 | |
| 6283 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6284 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6285 { | |
| 6286 /* | |
| 6287 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be | |
| 6288 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. | |
| 6289 */ | |
| 6290 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 6291 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
| 6292 if (saved_text == NULL) | |
| 6293 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ | |
| 6294 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; | |
| 6295 | |
| 6296 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ | |
| 6297 if (!fo_white_par) | |
| 6298 backspace_until_column(foundcol); | |
| 6299 } | |
| 6300 else | |
| 6301 #endif | |
| 6302 { | |
| 6303 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ | |
| 6304 if (!fo_white_par) | |
| 6305 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
| 6306 } | |
| 6307 | |
| 6308 /* | |
| 6309 * Split the line just before the margin. | |
| 6310 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. | |
| 6311 */ | |
| 6312 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX | |
| 6313 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) | |
| 6314 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6315 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) | |
| 3584 | 6316 + ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? OPENLINE_COM_LIST : 0) |
| 6317 #endif | |
| 6318 , ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? second_indent : old_indent)); | |
| 6319 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST)) | |
| 6320 old_indent = 0; | |
| 667 | 6321 |
| 6322 replace_offset = 0; | |
| 6323 if (first_line) | |
| 6324 { | |
| 3584 | 6325 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST)) |
| 6326 { | |
| 6327 /* | |
| 3632 | 6328 * This section is for auto-wrap of numeric lists. When not |
| 6329 * in insert mode (i.e. format_lines()), the INSCHAR_COM_LIST | |
| 6330 * flag will be set and open_line() will handle it (as seen | |
| 6331 * above). The code here (and in get_number_indent()) will | |
| 6332 * recognize comments if needed... | |
| 3584 | 6333 */ |
| 6334 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) | |
| 3632 | 6335 second_indent = |
| 6336 get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 3584 | 6337 if (second_indent >= 0) |
| 6338 { | |
| 667 | 6339 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 3584 | 6340 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) |
| 6341 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, | |
| 6342 FALSE, NUL, TRUE); | |
| 6343 else | |
| 6344 #endif | |
| 3632 | 6345 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
| 6346 if (leader_len > 0 && second_indent - leader_len > 0) | |
| 6347 { | |
| 6348 int i; | |
| 6349 int padding = second_indent - leader_len; | |
| 6350 | |
| 6351 /* We started at the first_line of a numbered list | |
| 6352 * that has a comment. the open_line() function has | |
| 6353 * inserted the proper comment leader and positioned | |
| 6354 * the cursor at the end of the split line. Now we | |
| 6355 * add the additional whitespace needed after the | |
| 6356 * comment leader for the numbered list. */ | |
| 6357 for (i = 0; i < padding; i++) | |
| 6358 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 3650 | 6359 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, leader_len); |
| 3632 | 6360 } |
| 6361 else | |
| 6362 { | |
| 6363 #endif | |
| 3584 | 6364 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); |
| 3632 | 6365 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
| 6366 } | |
| 6367 #endif | |
| 3584 | 6368 } |
| 667 | 6369 } |
| 6370 first_line = FALSE; | |
| 6371 } | |
| 6372 | |
| 6373 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6374 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6375 { | |
| 6376 /* | |
| 6377 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be | |
| 6378 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. | |
| 6379 */ | |
| 6380 ins_bytes(saved_text); | |
| 6381 vim_free(saved_text); | |
| 6382 } | |
| 6383 else | |
| 6384 #endif | |
| 6385 { | |
| 6386 /* | |
| 6387 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent | |
| 6388 * may have added or removed indent. | |
| 6389 */ | |
| 6390 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; | |
| 6391 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 6392 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) | |
| 6393 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; | |
| 6394 } | |
| 6395 | |
| 6396 haveto_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 6397 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 6398 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 6399 #endif | |
| 6400 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ | |
| 6401 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 6402 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 6403 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 6404 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6405 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6406 #endif | |
| 6407 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 6408 } | |
| 6409 | |
| 6410 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ | |
| 6411 pchar_cursor(save_char); | |
| 6412 | |
| 6413 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) | |
| 6414 { | |
| 6415 update_topline(); | |
| 6416 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); | |
| 6417 } | |
| 6418 } | |
| 6419 | |
| 6420 /* | |
| 7 | 6421 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the |
| 6422 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. | |
| 6423 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. | |
| 6424 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be | |
| 6425 * saved here. | |
| 6426 */ | |
| 6427 void | |
| 6428 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line) | |
| 6429 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ | |
| 6430 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */ | |
| 6431 { | |
| 6432 pos_T pos; | |
| 6433 colnr_T len; | |
| 6434 char_u *old; | |
| 6435 char_u *new, *pnew; | |
| 6436 int wasatend; | |
| 301 | 6437 int cc; |
| 7 | 6438 |
| 6439 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) | |
| 6440 return; | |
| 6441 | |
| 6442 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6443 old = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6444 | |
| 6445 /* may remove added space */ | |
| 6446 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
| 6447 | |
| 6448 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the | |
| 6449 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is | |
| 6450 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. | |
| 6451 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white | |
| 6452 * next they are not joined back together. */ | |
| 1872 | 6453 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); |
| 7 | 6454 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) |
| 6455 { | |
| 6456 dec_cursor(); | |
| 301 | 6457 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6458 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
| 6459 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
| 7 | 6460 dec_cursor(); |
| 301 | 6461 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6462 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 7 | 6463 { |
| 6464 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 6465 return; | |
| 6466 } | |
| 6467 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 6468 } | |
| 6469 | |
| 6470 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6471 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format | |
| 6472 * comments. */ | |
| 6473 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) | |
| 3562 | 6474 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE, TRUE) == 0) |
| 7 | 6475 return; |
| 6476 #endif | |
| 6477 | |
| 6478 /* | |
| 6479 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is | |
| 6480 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not | |
| 6481 * the start of a paragraph. | |
| 6482 */ | |
| 6483 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 6484 { | |
| 6485 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6486 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
| 6487 return; | |
| 6488 } | |
| 6489 | |
| 6490 /* | |
| 6491 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will | |
| 6492 * be adjusted for the text formatting. | |
| 6493 */ | |
| 6494 saved_cursor = pos; | |
| 1563 | 6495 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); |
| 7 | 6496 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; |
| 6497 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; | |
| 6498 | |
| 6499 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6500 { | |
| 6501 /* "cannot happen" */ | |
| 6502 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6503 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 6504 } | |
| 6505 else | |
| 6506 check_cursor_col(); | |
| 6507 | |
| 6508 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it | |
| 6509 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we | |
| 6510 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph | |
| 6511 * formatted. */ | |
| 6512 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
| 6513 { | |
| 6514 new = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 835 | 6515 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); |
| 7 | 6516 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) |
| 6517 { | |
| 6518 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); | |
| 6519 pnew[len] = ' '; | |
| 6520 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; | |
| 6521 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); | |
| 6522 /* remove the space later */ | |
| 6523 did_add_space = TRUE; | |
| 6524 } | |
| 6525 else | |
| 6526 /* may remove added space */ | |
| 6527 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
| 6528 } | |
| 6529 | |
| 6530 check_cursor(); | |
| 6531 } | |
| 6532 | |
| 6533 /* | |
| 6534 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, | |
| 6535 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert | |
| 6536 * position. | |
| 6537 */ | |
| 6538 static void | |
| 6539 check_auto_format(end_insert) | |
| 6540 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ | |
| 6541 { | |
| 6542 int c = ' '; | |
| 301 | 6543 int cc; |
| 7 | 6544 |
| 6545 if (did_add_space) | |
| 6546 { | |
| 301 | 6547 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6548 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 7 | 6549 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ |
| 6550 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
| 6551 else | |
| 6552 { | |
| 6553 if (!end_insert) | |
| 6554 { | |
| 6555 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6556 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6557 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6558 } | |
| 6559 if (c != NUL) | |
| 6560 { | |
| 6561 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ | |
| 6562 del_char(FALSE); | |
| 6563 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
| 6564 } | |
| 6565 } | |
| 6566 } | |
| 6567 } | |
| 6568 | |
| 6569 /* | |
| 6570 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: | |
| 6571 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it | |
| 6572 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin' | |
| 6573 * if invalid value, use 0. | |
| 6574 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. | |
| 6575 */ | |
| 6576 int | |
| 6577 comp_textwidth(ff) | |
| 867 | 6578 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ |
| 7 | 6579 { |
| 6580 int textwidth; | |
| 6581 | |
| 6582 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
| 6583 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) | |
| 6584 { | |
| 6585 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the | |
| 6586 * things that add to the margin. */ | |
| 6587 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; | |
| 6588 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 6589 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 6590 textwidth -= 1; | |
| 6591 #endif | |
| 6592 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6593 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; | |
| 6594 #endif | |
| 6595 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 6596 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
| 6597 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 6598 || netbeans_active() |
| 7 | 6599 # endif |
| 6600 ) | |
| 6601 textwidth -= 1; | |
| 6602 #endif | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2107
diff
changeset
|
6603 if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 6604 textwidth -= 8; |
| 6605 } | |
| 6606 if (textwidth < 0) | |
| 6607 textwidth = 0; | |
| 6608 if (ff && textwidth == 0) | |
| 6609 { | |
| 6610 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; | |
| 6611 if (textwidth > 79) | |
| 6612 textwidth = 79; | |
| 6613 } | |
| 6614 return textwidth; | |
| 6615 } | |
| 6616 | |
| 6617 /* | |
| 6618 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. | |
| 6619 */ | |
| 6620 static void | |
| 6621 redo_literal(c) | |
| 6622 int c; | |
| 6623 { | |
| 6624 char_u buf[10]; | |
| 6625 | |
| 6626 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of | |
| 6627 * three digits. */ | |
| 6628 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
| 6629 { | |
| 1872 | 6630 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); |
| 7 | 6631 AppendToRedobuff(buf); |
| 6632 } | |
| 6633 else | |
| 6634 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6635 } | |
| 6636 | |
| 6637 /* | |
| 6638 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. | |
| 484 | 6639 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. |
| 7 | 6640 */ |
| 6641 static void | |
| 6642 start_arrow(end_insert_pos) | |
| 840 | 6643 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */ |
| 7 | 6644 { |
| 6645 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */ | |
| 6646 { | |
| 6647 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); | |
| 6648 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE); | |
| 6649 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ | |
| 6650 } | |
| 744 | 6651 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 6652 check_spell_redraw(); |
| 6653 #endif | |
| 7 | 6654 } |
| 6655 | |
| 744 | 6656 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 6657 /* |
| 6658 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. | |
| 6659 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. | |
| 6660 */ | |
| 6661 static void | |
| 6662 check_spell_redraw() | |
| 6663 { | |
| 6664 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) | |
| 6665 { | |
| 6666 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; | |
| 6667 | |
| 6668 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; | |
| 6669 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); | |
| 6670 } | |
| 6671 } | |
| 484 | 6672 |
| 6673 /* | |
| 6674 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly | |
| 6675 * spelled word, if there is one. | |
| 6676 */ | |
| 6677 static void | |
| 6678 spell_back_to_badword() | |
| 6679 { | |
| 6680 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6681 | |
| 499 | 6682 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); |
| 484 | 6683 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) |
| 6684 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 6685 } | |
| 221 | 6686 #endif |
| 6687 | |
| 7 | 6688 /* |
| 6689 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. | |
| 6690 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. | |
| 6691 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. | |
| 6692 */ | |
| 6693 int | |
| 6694 stop_arrow() | |
| 6695 { | |
| 6696 if (arrow_used) | |
| 6697 { | |
| 6698 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
| 6699 { | |
| 6700 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 6701 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
| 6702 } | |
| 6703 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ | |
| 1869 | 6704 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
| 7 | 6705 ai_col = 0; |
| 6706 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6707 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6708 { | |
| 6709 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6710 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
| 6711 } | |
| 6712 #endif | |
| 6713 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 6714 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ | |
| 613 | 6715 new_insert_skip = 2; |
| 7 | 6716 } |
| 6717 else if (ins_need_undo) | |
| 6718 { | |
| 6719 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
| 6720 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
| 6721 } | |
| 6722 | |
| 6723 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6724 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ | |
| 6725 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 6726 #endif | |
| 6727 | |
| 6728 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); | |
| 6729 } | |
| 6730 | |
| 6731 /* | |
| 840 | 6732 * Do a few things to stop inserting. |
| 6733 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped | |
| 6734 * to another window/buffer. | |
| 7 | 6735 */ |
| 6736 static void | |
| 6737 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc) | |
| 840 | 6738 pos_T *end_insert_pos; |
| 603 | 6739 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */ |
| 7 | 6740 { |
| 603 | 6741 int cc; |
| 6742 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7 | 6743 |
| 6744 stop_redo_ins(); | |
| 6745 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ | |
| 6746 | |
| 6747 /* | |
| 603 | 6748 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. |
| 6749 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, | |
| 6750 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". | |
| 7 | 6751 */ |
| 603 | 6752 ptr = get_inserted(); |
| 615 | 6753 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL |
| 6754 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) | |
| 603 | 6755 { |
| 6756 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6757 last_insert = ptr; | |
| 6758 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; | |
| 6759 } | |
| 6760 else | |
| 6761 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 7 | 6762 |
| 840 | 6763 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) |
| 7 | 6764 { |
| 6765 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an | |
| 6766 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending | |
| 6767 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something | |
| 6768 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ | |
| 10 | 6769 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) |
| 7 | 6770 { |
| 10 | 6771 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 6772 | |
| 7 | 6773 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the |
| 6774 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by | |
| 6775 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ | |
| 6776 cc = 'x'; | |
| 6777 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 6778 { | |
| 6779 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6780 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6781 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 10 | 6782 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; |
| 7 | 6783 } |
| 6784 | |
| 6785 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 6786 | |
| 10 | 6787 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) |
| 6788 { | |
| 6789 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 6790 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6791 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6792 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep | |
| 6793 * the "coladd". */ | |
| 6794 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
| 6795 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum | |
| 6796 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) | |
| 6797 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; | |
| 6798 #endif | |
| 6799 } | |
| 7 | 6800 } |
| 6801 | |
| 6802 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ | |
| 6803 check_auto_format(TRUE); | |
| 6804 | |
| 6805 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end | |
| 10 | 6806 * of the line, and put the cursor back. |
| 1892 | 6807 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. |
| 6808 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text | |
| 6809 * got changed unexpectedly. */ | |
| 10 | 6810 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL |
| 1892 | 6811 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) |
| 6812 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7 | 6813 { |
| 10 | 6814 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 6815 | |
| 6816 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; | |
| 1892 | 6817 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ |
| 786 | 6818 for (;;) |
| 6819 { | |
| 6820 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 6821 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6822 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6823 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 6824 break; | |
| 1892 | 6825 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) |
| 6826 break; /* should not happen */ | |
| 786 | 6827 } |
| 10 | 6828 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) |
| 6829 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; | |
| 6830 else if (cc != NUL) | |
| 7 | 6831 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ |
| 6832 | |
| 6833 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 6834 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for | |
| 6835 * deleted characters. */ | |
| 6836 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 6837 { | |
| 1872 | 6838 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); |
| 6839 | |
| 6840 if (VIsual.col > len) | |
| 7 | 6841 { |
| 1872 | 6842 VIsual.col = len; |
| 7 | 6843 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 6844 VIsual.coladd = 0; | |
| 6845 # endif | |
| 6846 } | |
| 6847 } | |
| 6848 #endif | |
| 6849 } | |
| 6850 } | |
| 6851 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 6852 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 6853 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 6854 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6855 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6856 #endif | |
| 6857 | |
| 840 | 6858 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are |
| 6859 * now in a different buffer. */ | |
| 6860 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) | |
| 6861 { | |
| 6862 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; | |
| 6863 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; | |
| 6864 } | |
| 7 | 6865 } |
| 6866 | |
| 6867 /* | |
| 6868 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. | |
| 6869 * Used for the replace command. | |
| 6870 */ | |
| 6871 void | |
| 6872 set_last_insert(c) | |
| 6873 int c; | |
| 6874 { | |
| 6875 char_u *s; | |
| 6876 | |
| 6877 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6878 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); | |
| 6879 if (last_insert != NULL) | |
| 6880 { | |
| 6881 s = last_insert; | |
| 6882 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ | |
| 6883 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) | |
| 6884 *s++ = Ctrl_V; | |
| 6885 s = add_char2buf(c, s); | |
| 6886 *s++ = ESC; | |
| 6887 *s++ = NUL; | |
| 6888 last_insert_skip = 0; | |
| 6889 } | |
| 6890 } | |
| 6891 | |
| 359 | 6892 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 6893 void | |
| 6894 free_last_insert() | |
| 6895 { | |
| 6896 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6897 last_insert = NULL; | |
| 1446 | 6898 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 694 | 6899 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
| 6900 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 1446 | 6901 # endif |
| 359 | 6902 } |
| 6903 #endif | |
| 6904 | |
| 7 | 6905 /* |
| 6906 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL | |
| 6907 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. | |
| 6908 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. | |
| 6909 */ | |
| 6910 char_u * | |
| 6911 add_char2buf(c, s) | |
| 6912 int c; | |
| 6913 char_u *s; | |
| 6914 { | |
| 6915 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3549 | 6916 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
| 7 | 6917 int i; |
| 6918 int len; | |
| 6919 | |
| 6920 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); | |
| 6921 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
| 6922 { | |
| 6923 c = temp[i]; | |
| 6924 #endif | |
| 6925 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ | |
| 6926 if (c == K_SPECIAL) | |
| 6927 { | |
| 6928 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 6929 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; | |
| 6930 *s++ = KE_FILLER; | |
| 6931 } | |
| 6932 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 6933 else if (c == CSI) | |
| 6934 { | |
| 6935 *s++ = CSI; | |
| 6936 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 6937 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; | |
| 6938 } | |
| 6939 #endif | |
| 6940 else | |
| 6941 *s++ = c; | |
| 6942 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6943 } | |
| 6944 #endif | |
| 6945 return s; | |
| 6946 } | |
| 6947 | |
| 6948 /* | |
| 6949 * move cursor to start of line | |
| 6950 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white | |
| 6951 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, | |
| 6952 * otherwise keep "curswant" column | |
| 6953 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. | |
| 6954 */ | |
| 6955 void | |
| 6956 beginline(flags) | |
| 6957 int flags; | |
| 6958 { | |
| 6959 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) | |
| 6960 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 6961 else | |
| 6962 { | |
| 6963 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 6964 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6965 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 6966 #endif | |
| 6967 | |
| 6968 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) | |
| 6969 { | |
| 6970 char_u *ptr; | |
| 6971 | |
| 6972 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr) | |
| 6973 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) | |
| 6974 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6975 } | |
| 6976 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6977 } | |
| 6978 } | |
| 6979 | |
| 6980 /* | |
| 6981 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up | |
| 6982 * | |
| 6983 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. | |
| 773 | 6984 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. |
| 7 | 6985 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. |
| 6986 */ | |
| 6987 | |
| 6988 int | |
| 6989 oneright() | |
| 6990 { | |
| 6991 char_u *ptr; | |
| 6992 int l; | |
| 6993 | |
| 6994 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6995 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 6996 { | |
| 6997 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6998 | |
| 6999 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ | |
| 7000 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 7001 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
| 773 | 7002 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7 | 7003 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) |
| 773 | 7004 # else |
| 7 | 7005 *ptr |
| 773 | 7006 # endif |
| 7 | 7007 )) |
| 7008 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); | |
| 7009 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7010 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ | |
| 7011 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col | |
| 7012 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 7013 } | |
| 7014 #endif | |
| 7015 | |
| 7016 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 773 | 7017 if (*ptr == NUL) |
| 7018 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ | |
| 7019 | |
| 7 | 7020 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 773 | 7021 if (has_mbyte) |
| 7022 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
| 7 | 7023 else |
| 7024 #endif | |
| 773 | 7025 l = 1; |
| 7026 | |
| 7027 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' | |
| 7028 * contains "onemore". */ | |
| 7029 if (ptr[l] == NUL | |
| 7030 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 7031 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
| 7032 #endif | |
| 7033 ) | |
| 7034 return FAIL; | |
| 7035 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
| 7 | 7036 |
| 7037 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7038 return OK; | |
| 7039 } | |
| 7040 | |
| 7041 int | |
| 7042 oneleft() | |
| 7043 { | |
| 7044 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 7045 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 7046 { | |
| 7047 int width; | |
| 7048 int v = getviscol(); | |
| 7049 | |
| 7050 if (v == 0) | |
| 7051 return FAIL; | |
| 7052 | |
| 7053 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 7054 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ | |
| 7055 width = 1; | |
| 7056 for (;;) | |
| 7057 { | |
| 7058 coladvance(v - width); | |
| 7059 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and | |
| 7060 * there are no multi-byte characters */ | |
| 7061 if ((*p_sbr == NUL | |
| 7062 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7063 && !has_mbyte | |
| 7064 # endif | |
| 7065 ) || getviscol() < v) | |
| 7066 break; | |
| 7067 ++width; | |
| 7068 } | |
| 7069 # else | |
| 7070 coladvance(v - 1); | |
| 7071 # endif | |
| 7072 | |
| 7073 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) | |
| 7074 { | |
| 7075 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7076 | |
| 7077 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ | |
| 7078 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 7079 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
| 7080 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7081 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) | |
| 7082 # else | |
| 7083 *ptr | |
| 7084 # endif | |
| 7085 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) | |
| 7086 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 7087 } | |
| 7088 | |
| 7089 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7090 return OK; | |
| 7091 } | |
| 7092 #endif | |
| 7093 | |
| 7094 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 7095 return FAIL; | |
| 7096 | |
| 7097 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7098 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7099 | |
| 7100 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7101 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte | |
| 7102 * character, move to its first byte */ | |
| 7103 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7104 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 7105 #endif | |
| 7106 return OK; | |
| 7107 } | |
| 7108 | |
| 7109 int | |
| 7110 cursor_up(n, upd_topline) | |
| 7111 long n; | |
| 7112 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
| 7113 { | |
| 7114 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7115 | |
| 7116 if (n > 0) | |
| 7117 { | |
| 7118 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 161 | 7119 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count |
| 7120 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
| 7121 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
| 7 | 7122 return FAIL; |
| 7123 if (n >= lnum) | |
| 7124 lnum = 1; | |
| 7125 else | |
| 7126 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7127 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
| 7128 { | |
| 7129 /* | |
| 7130 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. | |
| 7131 */ | |
| 7132 /* go to the the start of the current fold */ | |
| 7133 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
| 7134 | |
| 7135 while (n--) | |
| 7136 { | |
| 7137 /* move up one line */ | |
| 7138 --lnum; | |
| 7139 if (lnum <= 1) | |
| 7140 break; | |
| 7141 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in | |
| 7142 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open | |
| 7143 * in a moment. */ | |
| 7144 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) | |
| 7145 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
| 7146 } | |
| 7147 if (lnum < 1) | |
| 7148 lnum = 1; | |
| 7149 } | |
| 7150 else | |
| 7151 #endif | |
| 7152 lnum -= n; | |
| 7153 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 7154 } | |
| 7155 | |
| 7156 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
| 7157 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 7158 | |
| 7159 if (upd_topline) | |
| 7160 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
| 7161 | |
| 7162 return OK; | |
| 7163 } | |
| 7164 | |
| 7165 /* | |
| 7166 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. | |
| 7167 */ | |
| 7168 int | |
| 7169 cursor_down(n, upd_topline) | |
| 7170 long n; | |
| 7171 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
| 7172 { | |
| 7173 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7174 | |
| 7175 if (n > 0) | |
| 7176 { | |
| 7177 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 7178 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7179 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ | |
| 7180 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); | |
| 7181 #endif | |
| 161 | 7182 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move |
| 7183 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
| 7184 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 7185 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 7186 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
| 7 | 7187 return FAIL; |
| 7188 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7189 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 7190 else | |
| 7191 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7192 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
| 7193 { | |
| 7194 linenr_T last; | |
| 7195 | |
| 7196 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ | |
| 7197 while (n--) | |
| 7198 { | |
| 7199 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) | |
| 7200 lnum = last + 1; | |
| 7201 else | |
| 7202 ++lnum; | |
| 7203 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7204 break; | |
| 7205 } | |
| 7206 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7207 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 7208 } | |
| 7209 else | |
| 7210 #endif | |
| 7211 lnum += n; | |
| 7212 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 7213 } | |
| 7214 | |
| 7215 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
| 7216 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 7217 | |
| 7218 if (upd_topline) | |
| 7219 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
| 7220 | |
| 7221 return OK; | |
| 7222 } | |
| 7223 | |
| 7224 /* | |
| 7225 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. | |
| 7226 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we | |
| 7227 * first have to remove the command. | |
| 7228 */ | |
| 7229 int | |
| 7230 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc) | |
| 7231 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */ | |
| 7232 long count; /* Repeat this many times */ | |
| 7233 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ | |
| 7234 { | |
| 7235 char_u *esc_ptr; | |
| 7236 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7237 char_u *last_ptr; | |
| 7238 char_u last = NUL; | |
| 7239 | |
| 7240 ptr = get_last_insert(); | |
| 7241 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 7242 { | |
| 7243 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
| 7244 return FAIL; | |
| 7245 } | |
| 7246 | |
| 7247 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ | |
| 7248 if (c != NUL) | |
| 7249 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
| 7250 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) | |
| 7251 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ | |
| 7252 | |
| 7253 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC | |
| 7254 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" | |
| 7255 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo | |
| 7256 */ | |
| 7257 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; | |
| 7258 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') | |
| 7259 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) | |
| 7260 { | |
| 7261 last = *last_ptr; | |
| 7262 *last_ptr = NUL; | |
| 7263 } | |
| 7264 | |
| 7265 do | |
| 7266 { | |
| 7267 stuffReadbuff(ptr); | |
| 7268 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ | |
| 7269 if (last) | |
| 7270 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' | |
| 7271 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") | |
| 7272 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); | |
| 7273 } | |
| 7274 while (--count > 0); | |
| 7275 | |
| 7276 if (last) | |
| 7277 *last_ptr = last; | |
| 7278 | |
| 7279 if (esc_ptr != NULL) | |
| 7280 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ | |
| 7281 | |
| 7282 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ | |
| 7283 if (!no_esc) | |
| 7284 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); | |
| 7285 | |
| 7286 return OK; | |
| 7287 } | |
| 7288 | |
| 7289 char_u * | |
| 7290 get_last_insert() | |
| 7291 { | |
| 7292 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
| 7293 return NULL; | |
| 7294 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; | |
| 7295 } | |
| 7296 | |
| 7297 /* | |
| 7298 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. | |
| 7299 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. | |
| 7300 */ | |
| 7301 char_u * | |
| 7302 get_last_insert_save() | |
| 7303 { | |
| 7304 char_u *s; | |
| 7305 int len; | |
| 7306 | |
| 7307 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
| 7308 return NULL; | |
| 7309 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); | |
| 7310 if (s != NULL) | |
| 7311 { | |
| 7312 len = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 7313 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ | |
| 7314 s[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 7315 } | |
| 7316 return s; | |
| 7317 } | |
| 7318 | |
| 7319 /* | |
| 7320 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. | |
| 7321 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. | |
| 7322 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and | |
| 7323 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". | |
| 7324 */ | |
| 7325 static int | |
| 7326 echeck_abbr(c) | |
| 7327 int c; | |
| 7328 { | |
| 7329 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just | |
| 7330 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ | |
| 7331 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) | |
| 7332 return FALSE; | |
| 7333 | |
| 7334 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
| 7335 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); | |
| 7336 } | |
| 7337 | |
| 7338 /* | |
| 7339 * replace-stack functions | |
| 7340 * | |
| 7341 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each | |
| 7342 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. | |
| 7343 * | |
| 7344 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is | |
| 7345 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL | |
| 7346 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. | |
| 7347 * | |
| 7348 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters | |
| 7349 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor | |
| 7350 * that were deleted (always white space). | |
| 7351 * | |
| 7352 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new | |
| 7353 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many | |
| 7354 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. | |
| 7355 */ | |
| 7356 | |
| 298 | 7357 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; |
| 7358 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ | |
| 7359 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ | |
| 7 | 7360 |
| 7361 void | |
| 7362 replace_push(c) | |
| 7363 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ | |
| 7364 { | |
| 7365 char_u *p; | |
| 7366 | |
| 7367 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 7368 return; | |
| 7369 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) | |
| 7370 { | |
| 7371 replace_stack_len += 50; | |
| 7372 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); | |
| 7373 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 7374 { | |
| 7375 replace_stack_len -= 50; | |
| 7376 return; | |
| 7377 } | |
| 7378 if (replace_stack != NULL) | |
| 7379 { | |
| 7380 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, | |
| 7381 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); | |
| 7382 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
| 7383 } | |
| 7384 replace_stack = p; | |
| 7385 } | |
| 7386 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; | |
| 7387 if (replace_offset) | |
| 7388 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); | |
| 7389 *p = c; | |
| 7390 ++replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7391 } | |
| 7392 | |
| 1470 | 7393 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7394 /* | |
| 7395 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in | |
| 7396 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. | |
| 7397 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). | |
| 7398 */ | |
| 7399 int | |
| 7400 replace_push_mb(p) | |
| 7401 char_u *p; | |
| 7402 { | |
| 7403 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); | |
| 7404 int j; | |
| 7405 | |
| 7406 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) | |
| 7407 replace_push(p[j]); | |
| 7408 return l; | |
| 7409 } | |
| 7410 #endif | |
| 7411 | |
| 7 | 7412 /* |
| 7413 * Pop one item from the replace stack. | |
| 7414 * return -1 if stack empty | |
| 7415 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise | |
| 7416 */ | |
| 7417 static int | |
| 7418 replace_pop() | |
| 7419 { | |
| 7420 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) | |
| 7421 return -1; | |
| 7422 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; | |
| 7423 } | |
| 7424 | |
| 7425 /* | |
| 7426 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL | |
| 7427 * encountered. | |
| 7428 */ | |
| 7429 static void | |
| 7430 replace_join(off) | |
| 7431 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */ | |
| 7432 { | |
| 7433 int i; | |
| 7434 | |
| 7435 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 7436 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) | |
| 7437 { | |
| 7438 --replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7439 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, | |
| 7440 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); | |
| 7441 return; | |
| 7442 } | |
| 7443 } | |
| 7444 | |
| 7445 /* | |
| 7446 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them | |
| 7447 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. | |
| 7448 */ | |
| 7449 static void | |
| 7450 replace_pop_ins() | |
| 7451 { | |
| 7452 int cc; | |
| 7453 int oldState = State; | |
| 7454 | |
| 7455 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ | |
| 7456 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) | |
| 7457 { | |
| 7458 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7459 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
| 7460 #else | |
| 7461 ins_char(cc); | |
| 7462 #endif | |
| 7463 dec_cursor(); | |
| 7464 } | |
| 7465 State = oldState; | |
| 7466 } | |
| 7467 | |
| 7468 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7469 /* | |
| 7470 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it | |
| 7471 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. | |
| 7472 */ | |
| 7473 static void | |
| 7474 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc) | |
| 7475 int cc; | |
| 7476 { | |
| 7477 int n; | |
| 3549 | 7478 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
| 7 | 7479 int i; |
| 7480 int c; | |
| 7481 | |
| 7482 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) | |
| 7483 { | |
| 7484 buf[0] = cc; | |
| 7485 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
| 7486 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
| 7487 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
| 7488 } | |
| 7489 else | |
| 7490 ins_char(cc); | |
| 7491 | |
| 7492 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7493 /* Handle composing chars. */ | |
| 7494 for (;;) | |
| 7495 { | |
| 7496 c = replace_pop(); | |
| 7497 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ | |
| 7498 break; | |
| 7499 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) | |
| 7500 { | |
| 7501 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ | |
| 7502 replace_push(c); | |
| 7503 break; | |
| 7504 } | |
| 7505 else | |
| 7506 { | |
| 7507 buf[0] = c; | |
| 7508 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
| 7509 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
| 7510 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) | |
| 7511 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
| 7512 else | |
| 7513 { | |
| 7514 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ | |
| 7515 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) | |
| 7516 replace_push(buf[i]); | |
| 7517 break; | |
| 7518 } | |
| 7519 } | |
| 7520 } | |
| 7521 } | |
| 7522 #endif | |
| 7523 | |
| 7524 /* | |
| 7525 * make the replace stack empty | |
| 7526 * (called when exiting replace mode) | |
| 7527 */ | |
| 7528 static void | |
| 7529 replace_flush() | |
| 7530 { | |
| 7531 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
| 7532 replace_stack = NULL; | |
| 7533 replace_stack_len = 0; | |
| 7534 replace_stack_nr = 0; | |
| 7535 } | |
| 7536 | |
| 7537 /* | |
| 7538 * Handle doing a BS for one character. | |
| 7539 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor | |
| 7540 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it | |
| 7541 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back | |
| 7542 * and check for more characters to be put back | |
| 1782 | 7543 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when |
| 7544 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). | |
| 7 | 7545 */ |
| 7546 static void | |
| 1782 | 7547 replace_do_bs(limit_col) |
| 7548 int limit_col; | |
| 7 | 7549 { |
| 7550 int cc; | |
| 7551 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7552 int orig_len = 0; | |
| 7553 int ins_len; | |
| 7554 int orig_vcols = 0; | |
| 7555 colnr_T start_vcol; | |
| 7556 char_u *p; | |
| 7557 int i; | |
| 7558 int vcol; | |
| 7559 #endif | |
| 7560 | |
| 7561 cc = replace_pop(); | |
| 7562 if (cc > 0) | |
| 7563 { | |
| 7564 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7565 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 7566 { | |
| 7567 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are | |
| 7568 * going to delete. */ | |
| 7569 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); | |
| 7570 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); | |
| 7571 } | |
| 7572 #endif | |
| 7573 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7574 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7575 { | |
| 1782 | 7576 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
| 7 | 7577 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 7578 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 835 | 7579 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 7580 # endif |
| 7581 replace_push(cc); | |
| 7582 } | |
| 7583 else | |
| 7584 #endif | |
| 7585 { | |
| 7586 pchar_cursor(cc); | |
| 7587 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7588 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 835 | 7589 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; |
| 7 | 7590 #endif |
| 7591 } | |
| 7592 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 7593 | |
| 7594 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7595 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 7596 { | |
| 7597 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ | |
| 7598 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 835 | 7599 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; |
| 7 | 7600 vcol = start_vcol; |
| 7601 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) | |
| 7602 { | |
| 7603 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); | |
| 7604 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 7605 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; |
| 7 | 7606 #endif |
| 7607 } | |
| 7608 vcol -= start_vcol; | |
| 7609 | |
| 7610 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the | |
| 7611 * text aligned. */ | |
| 7612 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; | |
| 7613 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') | |
| 7614 { | |
| 7615 del_char(FALSE); | |
| 7616 ++orig_vcols; | |
| 7617 } | |
| 7618 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; | |
| 7619 } | |
| 7620 #endif | |
| 7621 | |
| 7622 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 7623 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 7624 } | |
| 7625 else if (cc == 0) | |
| 1782 | 7626 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
| 7 | 7627 } |
| 7628 | |
| 7629 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7630 /* | |
| 7631 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. | |
| 7632 */ | |
| 7633 static int | |
| 7634 cindent_on() | |
| 7635 { | |
| 7636 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 7637 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 7638 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
| 7639 # endif | |
| 7640 )); | |
| 7641 } | |
| 7642 #endif | |
| 7643 | |
| 7644 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7645 /* | |
| 7646 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the | |
| 7647 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very | |
| 7648 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. | |
| 7649 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. | |
| 7650 */ | |
| 7651 | |
| 7652 void | |
| 7653 fixthisline(get_the_indent) | |
| 7654 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void)); | |
| 7655 { | |
| 1516 | 7656 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 7657 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) |
| 7658 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ | |
| 7659 } | |
| 7660 | |
| 7661 void | |
| 7662 fix_indent() | |
| 7663 { | |
| 7664 if (p_paste) | |
| 7665 return; | |
| 7666 # ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
| 7667 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
| 7668 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
| 7669 # endif | |
| 7670 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
| 7671 else | |
| 7672 # endif | |
| 7673 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7674 if (cindent_on()) | |
| 7675 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 7676 # endif | |
| 7677 } | |
| 7678 | |
| 7679 #endif | |
| 7680 | |
| 7681 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7682 /* | |
| 7683 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", | |
| 7684 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) | |
| 7685 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert) | |
| 7686 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) | |
| 7687 * | |
| 7688 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: | |
| 7689 * KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
| 7690 * KEY_OPEN_BACK | |
| 7691 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. | |
| 7692 * | |
| 7693 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. | |
| 7694 */ | |
| 7695 int | |
| 7696 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty) | |
| 7697 int keytyped; | |
| 7698 int when; | |
| 7699 int line_is_empty; | |
| 7700 { | |
| 7701 char_u *look; | |
| 7702 int try_match; | |
| 7703 int try_match_word; | |
| 7704 char_u *p; | |
| 7705 char_u *line; | |
| 7706 int icase; | |
| 7707 int i; | |
| 7708 | |
| 2025 | 7709 if (keytyped == NUL) |
| 7710 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ | |
| 7711 return FALSE; | |
| 7712 | |
| 7 | 7713 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 7714 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
| 7715 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ | |
| 7716 else | |
| 7717 #endif | |
| 7718 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ | |
| 7719 while (*look) | |
| 7720 { | |
| 7721 /* | |
| 7722 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on | |
| 7723 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. | |
| 7724 */ | |
| 7725 switch (when) | |
| 7726 { | |
| 7727 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; | |
| 7728 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; | |
| 7729 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; | |
| 7730 } | |
| 7731 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') | |
| 7732 ++look; | |
| 7733 | |
| 7734 /* | |
| 7735 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. | |
| 7736 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. | |
| 7737 */ | |
| 7738 if (*look == '0') | |
| 7739 { | |
| 7740 try_match_word = try_match; | |
| 7741 if (!line_is_empty) | |
| 7742 try_match = FALSE; | |
| 7743 ++look; | |
| 7744 } | |
| 7745 else | |
| 7746 try_match_word = FALSE; | |
| 7747 | |
| 7748 /* | |
| 7749 * does it look like a control character? | |
| 7750 */ | |
| 7751 if (*look == '^' | |
| 7752 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7753 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) | |
| 7754 #else | |
| 7755 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' | |
| 7756 #endif | |
| 7757 ) | |
| 7758 { | |
| 7759 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) | |
| 7760 return TRUE; | |
| 7761 look += 2; | |
| 7762 } | |
| 7763 /* | |
| 7764 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. | |
| 7765 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. | |
| 7766 */ | |
| 7767 else if (*look == 'o') | |
| 7768 { | |
| 7769 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) | |
| 7770 return TRUE; | |
| 7771 ++look; | |
| 7772 } | |
| 7773 else if (*look == 'O') | |
| 7774 { | |
| 7775 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) | |
| 7776 return TRUE; | |
| 7777 ++look; | |
| 7778 } | |
| 7779 | |
| 7780 /* | |
| 7781 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the | |
| 7782 * cursor. | |
| 7783 */ | |
| 7784 else if (*look == 'e') | |
| 7785 { | |
| 7786 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) | |
| 7787 { | |
| 7788 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7789 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && | |
| 7790 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) | |
| 7791 return TRUE; | |
| 7792 } | |
| 7793 ++look; | |
| 7794 } | |
| 7795 | |
| 7796 /* | |
| 7797 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case | |
| 7798 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix | |
| 7799 * class::method for C++). | |
| 7800 */ | |
| 7801 else if (*look == ':') | |
| 7802 { | |
| 7803 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') | |
| 7804 { | |
| 7805 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7806 if (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7807 || cin_islabel(30)) |
| 7 | 7808 return TRUE; |
| 1300 | 7809 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ |
| 7810 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7 | 7811 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 |
| 7812 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' | |
| 7813 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') | |
| 7814 { | |
| 7815 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7816 i = (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) |
| 7 | 7817 || cin_islabel(30)); |
| 7818 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7819 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; | |
| 7820 if (i) | |
| 7821 return TRUE; | |
| 7822 } | |
| 7823 } | |
| 7824 ++look; | |
| 7825 } | |
| 7826 | |
| 7827 | |
| 7828 /* | |
| 7829 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? | |
| 7830 */ | |
| 7831 else if (*look == '<') | |
| 7832 { | |
| 7833 if (try_match) | |
| 7834 { | |
| 7835 /* | |
| 7836 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, | |
| 7837 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, | |
| 7838 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. | |
| 7839 */ | |
| 7840 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL | |
| 7841 && keytyped == look[1]) | |
| 7842 return TRUE; | |
| 7843 | |
| 7844 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) | |
| 7845 return TRUE; | |
| 7846 } | |
| 7847 while (*look && *look != '>') | |
| 7848 look++; | |
| 7849 while (*look == '>') | |
| 7850 look++; | |
| 7851 } | |
| 7852 | |
| 7853 /* | |
| 7854 * Is it a word: "=word"? | |
| 7855 */ | |
| 7856 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) | |
| 7857 { | |
| 7858 ++look; | |
| 7859 if (*look == '~') | |
| 7860 { | |
| 7861 icase = TRUE; | |
| 7862 ++look; | |
| 7863 } | |
| 7864 else | |
| 7865 icase = FALSE; | |
| 7866 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); | |
| 7867 if (p == NULL) | |
| 7868 p = look + STRLEN(look); | |
| 7869 if ((try_match || try_match_word) | |
| 7870 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) | |
| 7871 { | |
| 7872 int match = FALSE; | |
| 7873 | |
| 7874 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 7875 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) | |
| 7876 { | |
| 7877 char_u *s; | |
| 7878 | |
| 7879 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". | |
| 7880 * search back for the start of a word. */ | |
| 7881 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7882 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7883 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7884 { | |
| 7885 char_u *n; | |
| 7886 | |
| 7887 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) | |
| 7888 { | |
| 7889 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); | |
| 7890 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) | |
| 7891 break; | |
| 7892 } | |
| 7893 } | |
| 7894 else | |
| 7895 # endif | |
| 7896 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) | |
| 7897 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) | |
| 7898 break; | |
| 7899 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col | |
| 7900 && (icase | |
| 7901 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) | |
| 7902 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) | |
| 7903 match = TRUE; | |
| 7904 } | |
| 7905 else | |
| 7906 #endif | |
| 7907 /* TODO: multi-byte */ | |
| 7908 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 | |
| 7909 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) | |
| 7910 { | |
| 7911 line = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 7912 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) | |
| 7913 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) | |
| 7914 && (icase | |
| 7915 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) | |
| 7916 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) | |
| 7917 == 0) | |
| 7918 match = TRUE; | |
| 7919 } | |
| 7920 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) | |
| 7921 { | |
| 7922 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the | |
| 7923 * word. */ | |
| 7924 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7925 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) != | |
| 7926 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) | |
| 7927 match = FALSE; | |
| 7928 } | |
| 7929 if (match) | |
| 7930 return TRUE; | |
| 7931 } | |
| 7932 look = p; | |
| 7933 } | |
| 7934 | |
| 7935 /* | |
| 7936 * ok, it's a boring generic character. | |
| 7937 */ | |
| 7938 else | |
| 7939 { | |
| 7940 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) | |
| 7941 return TRUE; | |
| 7942 ++look; | |
| 7943 } | |
| 7944 | |
| 7945 /* | |
| 7946 * Skip over ", ". | |
| 7947 */ | |
| 7948 look = skip_to_option_part(look); | |
| 7949 } | |
| 7950 return FALSE; | |
| 7951 } | |
| 7952 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 7953 | |
| 7954 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7955 /* | |
| 7956 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. | |
| 7957 */ | |
| 7958 int | |
| 7959 hkmap(c) | |
| 7960 int c; | |
| 7961 { | |
| 7962 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ | |
| 7963 { | |
| 7964 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, | |
| 7965 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, | |
| 7966 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; | |
| 7967 static char_u map[26] = | |
| 7968 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, | |
| 7969 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, | |
| 7970 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, | |
| 7971 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, | |
| 7972 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, | |
| 7973 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, | |
| 7974 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, | |
| 7975 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, | |
| 7976 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; | |
| 7977 | |
| 7978 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') | |
| 7979 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); | |
| 7980 /* '-1'='sofit' */ | |
| 7981 else if (c == 'x') | |
| 7982 return 'X'; | |
| 7983 else if (c == 'q') | |
| 7984 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ | |
| 7985 else if (c == 246) | |
| 7986 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ | |
| 7987 else if (c == 228) | |
| 7988 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
| 7989 else if (c == 252) | |
| 7990 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
| 7991 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7992 else if (islower(c)) | |
| 7993 #else | |
| 7994 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we | |
| 7995 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on | |
| 7996 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are | |
| 7997 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. | |
| 7998 */ | |
| 7999 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') | |
| 8000 #endif | |
| 8001 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); | |
| 8002 else | |
| 8003 return c; | |
| 8004 } | |
| 8005 else | |
| 8006 { | |
| 8007 switch (c) | |
| 8008 { | |
| 8009 case '`': return ';'; | |
| 8010 case '/': return '.'; | |
| 8011 case '\'': return ','; | |
| 8012 case 'q': return '/'; | |
| 8013 case 'w': return '\''; | |
| 8014 | |
| 8015 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ | |
| 8016 case ',': c = '{'; break; | |
| 8017 case '.': c = 'v'; break; | |
| 8018 case ';': c = 't'; break; | |
| 8019 default: { | |
| 8020 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; | |
| 8021 | |
| 8022 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 8023 /* see note about islower() above */ | |
| 8024 if (!islower(c)) | |
| 8025 #else | |
| 8026 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') | |
| 8027 #endif | |
| 8028 return c; | |
| 8029 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; | |
| 8030 break; | |
| 8031 } | |
| 8032 } | |
| 8033 | |
| 8034 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); | |
| 8035 } | |
| 8036 } | |
| 8037 #endif | |
| 8038 | |
| 8039 static void | |
| 8040 ins_reg() | |
| 8041 { | |
| 8042 int need_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8043 int regname; | |
| 8044 int literally = 0; | |
| 844 | 8045 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 8046 int vis_active = VIsual_active; | |
| 8047 #endif | |
| 7 | 8048 |
| 8049 /* | |
| 8050 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. | |
| 8051 */ | |
| 8052 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 8053 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 8054 { | |
| 8055 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 8056 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 8057 |
| 8058 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); | |
| 8059 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 8060 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); | |
| 8061 #endif | |
| 8062 } | |
| 8063 | |
| 8064 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 8065 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 8066 #endif | |
| 8067 | |
| 8068 /* | |
| 8069 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
| 8070 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
| 8071 */ | |
| 8072 ++no_mapping; | |
| 1389 | 8073 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 8074 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
| 8075 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) | |
| 8076 { | |
| 8077 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ | |
| 8078 literally = regname; | |
| 8079 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 8080 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); | |
| 8081 #endif | |
| 1389 | 8082 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 8083 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
| 8084 } | |
| 8085 --no_mapping; | |
| 8086 | |
| 8087 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 8088 /* | |
| 8089 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression, | |
| 8090 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it! | |
| 8091 */ | |
| 8092 ++no_u_sync; | |
| 8093 if (regname == '=') | |
| 8094 { | |
| 133 | 8095 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
| 7 | 8096 int im_on = im_get_status(); |
| 133 | 8097 # endif |
| 7 | 8098 regname = get_expr_register(); |
| 133 | 8099 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
| 7 | 8100 /* Restore the Input Method. */ |
| 8101 if (im_on) | |
| 8102 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
| 133 | 8103 # endif |
| 7 | 8104 } |
| 140 | 8105 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) |
| 8106 { | |
| 8107 vim_beep(); | |
| 7 | 8108 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ |
| 140 | 8109 } |
| 7 | 8110 else |
| 8111 { | |
| 8112 #endif | |
| 8113 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) | |
| 8114 { | |
| 8115 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ | |
| 8116 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); | |
| 8117 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); | |
| 8118 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); | |
| 8119 | |
| 8120 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, | |
| 8121 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); | |
| 8122 } | |
| 8123 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) | |
| 8124 { | |
| 8125 vim_beep(); | |
| 8126 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ | |
| 8127 } | |
| 133 | 8128 else if (stop_insert_mode) |
| 8129 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that | |
| 8130 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't | |
| 8131 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ | |
| 8132 need_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 8133 | |
| 7 | 8134 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 8135 } | |
| 8136 --no_u_sync; | |
| 8137 #endif | |
| 8138 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 8139 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 8140 #endif | |
| 8141 | |
| 8142 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ | |
| 8143 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) | |
| 8144 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 844 | 8145 |
| 8146 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 8147 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ | |
| 8148 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) | |
| 8149 end_visual_mode(); | |
| 8150 #endif | |
| 7 | 8151 } |
| 8152 | |
| 8153 /* | |
| 8154 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. | |
| 8155 */ | |
| 8156 static void | |
| 8157 ins_ctrl_g() | |
| 8158 { | |
| 8159 int c; | |
| 8160 | |
| 8161 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 8162 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ | |
| 8163 setcursor(); | |
| 8164 #endif | |
| 8165 | |
| 8166 /* | |
| 8167 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
| 8168 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
| 8169 */ | |
| 8170 ++no_mapping; | |
| 1389 | 8171 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 8172 --no_mapping; |
| 8173 switch (c) | |
| 8174 { | |
| 8175 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ | |
| 8176 case K_UP: | |
| 8177 case Ctrl_K: | |
| 8178 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); | |
| 8179 break; | |
| 8180 | |
| 8181 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ | |
| 8182 case K_DOWN: | |
| 8183 case Ctrl_J: | |
| 8184 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); | |
| 8185 break; | |
| 8186 | |
| 8187 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ | |
| 825 | 8188 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); |
| 7 | 8189 ins_need_undo = TRUE; |
| 626 | 8190 |
| 8191 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins | |
| 1219 | 8192 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ |
| 626 | 8193 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 7 | 8194 break; |
| 8195 | |
| 8196 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ | |
| 8197 default: vim_beep(); | |
| 8198 } | |
| 8199 } | |
| 8200 | |
| 8201 /* | |
| 449 | 8202 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. |
| 8203 */ | |
| 8204 static void | |
| 8205 ins_ctrl_hat() | |
| 8206 { | |
| 782 | 8207 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) |
| 449 | 8208 { |
| 8209 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ | |
| 8210 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
| 8211 { | |
| 8212 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
| 8213 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
| 8214 } | |
| 8215 else | |
| 8216 { | |
| 8217 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; | |
| 8218 State |= LANGMAP; | |
| 8219 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8220 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8221 #endif | |
| 8222 } | |
| 8223 } | |
| 8224 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8225 else | |
| 8226 { | |
| 8227 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ | |
| 8228 if (im_get_status()) | |
| 8229 { | |
| 8230 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
| 8231 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8232 } | |
| 8233 else | |
| 8234 { | |
| 8235 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; | |
| 8236 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
| 8237 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
| 8238 } | |
| 8239 } | |
| 8240 #endif | |
| 8241 set_iminsert_global(); | |
| 8242 showmode(); | |
| 8243 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8244 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ | |
| 8245 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 8246 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 8247 #endif | |
| 8248 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) | |
| 8249 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ | |
| 8250 status_redraw_curbuf(); | |
| 8251 #endif | |
| 8252 } | |
| 8253 | |
| 8254 /* | |
| 7 | 8255 * Handle ESC in insert mode. |
| 8256 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the | |
| 8257 * insert. | |
| 8258 */ | |
| 8259 static int | |
| 477 | 8260 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove) |
| 7 | 8261 long *count; |
| 8262 int cmdchar; | |
| 477 | 8263 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */ |
| 7 | 8264 { |
| 8265 int temp; | |
| 8266 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8267 | |
| 744 | 8268 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 449 | 8269 check_spell_redraw(); |
| 8270 #endif | |
| 7 | 8271 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) |
| 8272 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) | |
| 8273 hangul_input_state_set(0); | |
| 8274 # endif | |
| 8275 if (composing_hangul) | |
| 8276 { | |
| 8277 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); | |
| 8278 composing_hangul = 0; | |
| 8279 } | |
| 8280 #endif | |
| 8281 | |
| 8282 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8283 if (disabled_redraw) | |
| 8284 { | |
| 8285 --RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 8286 disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8287 } | |
| 8288 if (!arrow_used) | |
| 8289 { | |
| 8290 /* | |
| 8291 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". | |
| 75 | 8292 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for |
| 8293 * when "count" is non-zero. | |
| 7 | 8294 */ |
| 8295 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 75 | 8296 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); |
| 7 | 8297 |
| 8298 /* | |
| 8299 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for | |
| 8300 * interrupt now and then. | |
| 8301 */ | |
| 8302 if (*count > 0) | |
| 8303 { | |
| 8304 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 8305 if (got_int) | |
| 8306 *count = 0; | |
| 8307 } | |
| 8308 | |
| 8309 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ | |
| 8310 { | |
| 164 | 8311 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ |
| 8312 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) | |
| 8313 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; | |
| 8314 | |
| 7 | 8315 (void)start_redo_ins(); |
| 8316 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 8317 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ | |
| 8318 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 8319 disabled_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 8320 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ | |
| 8321 } | |
| 8322 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE); | |
| 8323 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8324 } | |
| 8325 | |
| 8326 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the | |
| 8327 * indent */ | |
| 8328 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 8329 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 8330 | |
| 8331 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ | |
| 8332 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
| 8333 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8334 | |
| 8335 /* | |
| 8336 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. | |
| 477 | 8337 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. |
| 7 | 8338 */ |
| 477 | 8339 if (!nomove |
| 8340 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 | |
| 7 | 8341 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 8342 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
| 8343 #endif | |
| 477 | 8344 ) |
| 8345 && (restart_edit == NUL | |
| 8346 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
| 7 | 8347 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 477 | 8348 && !VIsual_active |
| 8349 #endif | |
| 8350 )) | |
| 7 | 8351 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8352 && !revins_on | |
| 8353 #endif | |
| 8354 ) | |
| 8355 { | |
| 8356 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8357 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
| 8358 { | |
| 8359 oneleft(); | |
| 8360 if (restart_edit != NUL) | |
| 8361 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 8362 } | |
| 8363 else | |
| 8364 #endif | |
| 8365 { | |
| 8366 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8367 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8368 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ | |
| 8369 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 8370 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 8371 #endif | |
| 8372 } | |
| 8373 } | |
| 8374 | |
| 8375 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8376 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. | |
| 8377 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as | |
| 8378 * well). */ | |
| 8379 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) | |
| 8380 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); | |
| 8381 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8382 #endif | |
| 8383 | |
| 8384 State = NORMAL; | |
| 8385 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ | |
| 8386 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 8387 | |
| 8388 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 8389 setmouse(); | |
| 8390 #endif | |
| 8391 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 8392 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 8393 #endif | |
| 8394 | |
| 8395 /* | |
| 8396 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. | |
| 8397 * Otherwise remove the mode message. | |
| 8398 */ | |
| 8399 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) | |
| 8400 showmode(); | |
| 8401 else if (p_smd) | |
| 8402 MSG(""); | |
| 8403 | |
| 8404 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ | |
| 8405 } | |
| 8406 | |
| 8407 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8408 /* | |
| 8409 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. | |
| 8410 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. | |
| 8411 */ | |
| 8412 static void | |
| 8413 ins_ctrl_() | |
| 8414 { | |
| 8415 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) | |
| 8416 { | |
| 8417 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) | |
| 8418 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8419 } | |
| 8420 p_ri = !p_ri; | |
| 8421 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
| 8422 if (revins_on) | |
| 8423 { | |
| 8424 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8425 revins_legal++; | |
| 8426 revins_chars = 0; | |
| 8427 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8428 } | |
| 8429 else | |
| 8430 revins_scol = -1; | |
| 8431 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 8432 if (p_altkeymap) | |
| 8433 { | |
| 8434 /* | |
| 8435 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' | |
| 8436 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo | |
| 8437 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). | |
| 8438 */ | |
| 8439 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
| 8440 (void)stop_arrow(); | |
| 8441 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; | |
| 8442 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 8443 State = INSERT; | |
| 8444 } | |
| 8445 else | |
| 8446 #endif | |
| 8447 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ | |
| 8448 showmode(); | |
| 8449 } | |
| 8450 #endif | |
| 8451 | |
| 8452 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 8453 /* | |
| 8454 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. | |
| 8455 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. | |
| 8456 */ | |
| 8457 static int | |
| 8458 ins_start_select(c) | |
| 8459 int c; | |
| 8460 { | |
| 8461 if (km_startsel) | |
| 8462 switch (c) | |
| 8463 { | |
| 8464 case K_KHOME: | |
| 8465 case K_KEND: | |
| 8466 case K_PAGEUP: | |
| 8467 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 8468 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
| 8469 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 8470 # ifdef MACOS | |
| 8471 case K_LEFT: | |
| 8472 case K_RIGHT: | |
| 8473 case K_UP: | |
| 8474 case K_DOWN: | |
| 8475 case K_END: | |
| 8476 case K_HOME: | |
| 8477 # endif | |
| 8478 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) | |
| 8479 break; | |
| 8480 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 8481 case K_S_LEFT: | |
| 8482 case K_S_RIGHT: | |
| 8483 case K_S_UP: | |
| 8484 case K_S_DOWN: | |
| 8485 case K_S_END: | |
| 8486 case K_S_HOME: | |
| 8487 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with | |
| 8488 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ | |
| 8489 start_selection(); | |
| 8490 | |
| 8491 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ | |
| 8492 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); | |
| 8493 if (mod_mask) | |
| 8494 { | |
| 8495 char_u buf[4]; | |
| 8496 | |
| 8497 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 8498 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 8499 buf[2] = mod_mask; | |
| 8500 buf[3] = NUL; | |
| 8501 stuffReadbuff(buf); | |
| 8502 } | |
| 8503 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
| 8504 return TRUE; | |
| 8505 } | |
| 8506 return FALSE; | |
| 8507 } | |
| 8508 #endif | |
| 8509 | |
| 8510 /* | |
| 449 | 8511 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode. |
| 8512 */ | |
| 8513 static void | |
| 8514 ins_insert(replaceState) | |
| 8515 int replaceState; | |
| 8516 { | |
| 8517 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 8518 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 8519 { | |
| 8520 beep_flush(); | |
| 8521 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
| 8522 return; | |
| 8523 } | |
| 8524 #endif | |
| 8525 | |
| 8526 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 532 | 8527 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 449 | 8528 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, |
| 8529 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : | |
| 667 | 8530 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 8531 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : | |
| 8532 # endif | |
| 8533 "r"), 1); | |
| 532 | 8534 # endif |
| 449 | 8535 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 8536 #endif | |
| 8537 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8538 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); | |
| 8539 else | |
| 8540 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); | |
| 8541 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); | |
| 8542 showmode(); | |
| 8543 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 8544 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 8545 #endif | |
| 8546 } | |
| 8547 | |
| 8548 /* | |
| 8549 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. | |
| 8550 */ | |
| 8551 static void | |
| 8552 ins_ctrl_o() | |
| 8553 { | |
| 8554 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8555 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8556 restart_edit = 'V'; | |
| 8557 else | |
| 8558 #endif | |
| 8559 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8560 restart_edit = 'R'; | |
| 8561 else | |
| 8562 restart_edit = 'I'; | |
| 8563 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8564 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 8565 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ | |
| 8566 else | |
| 8567 #endif | |
| 8568 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); | |
| 8569 } | |
| 8570 | |
| 8571 /* | |
| 7 | 8572 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one |
| 8573 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". | |
| 1796 | 8574 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible |
| 7 | 8575 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an |
| 8576 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. | |
| 8577 */ | |
| 8578 static void | |
| 8579 ins_shift(c, lastc) | |
| 8580 int c; | |
| 8581 int lastc; | |
| 8582 { | |
| 8583 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8584 return; | |
| 8585 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 8586 | |
| 8587 /* | |
| 8588 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. | |
| 8589 */ | |
| 1330 | 8590 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') |
| 8591 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 7 | 8592 { |
| 8593 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8594 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ | |
| 8595 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ | |
| 8596 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8597 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 8598 if (lastc == '^') | |
| 8599 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ | |
| 1516 | 8600 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 8601 } |
| 8602 else | |
| 1516 | 8603 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 8604 |
| 8605 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) | |
| 8606 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8607 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8608 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8609 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8610 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8611 #endif | |
| 8612 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8613 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ | |
| 8614 #endif | |
| 8615 } | |
| 8616 | |
| 8617 static void | |
| 8618 ins_del() | |
| 8619 { | |
| 8620 int temp; | |
| 8621 | |
| 8622 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8623 return; | |
| 8624 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ | |
| 8625 { | |
| 8626 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8627 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ | |
| 3562 | 8628 || do_join(2, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE) == FAIL) |
| 7 | 8629 vim_beep(); |
| 8630 else | |
| 8631 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; | |
| 8632 } | |
| 8633 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ | |
| 8634 vim_beep(); | |
| 8635 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8636 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8637 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8638 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8639 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8640 #endif | |
| 8641 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); | |
| 8642 } | |
| 8643 | |
| 1460 | 8644 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp)); |
| 8645 | |
| 8646 /* | |
| 8647 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). | |
| 8648 */ | |
| 8649 static void | |
| 8650 ins_bs_one(vcolp) | |
| 8651 colnr_T *vcolp; | |
| 8652 { | |
| 8653 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8654 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); | |
| 8655 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8656 { | |
| 8657 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in | |
| 8658 * Replace mode */ | |
| 8659 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 8660 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
| 1782 | 8661 replace_do_bs(-1); |
| 1460 | 8662 } |
| 8663 else | |
| 8664 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 8665 } | |
| 8666 | |
| 7 | 8667 /* |
| 8668 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. | |
| 8669 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. | |
| 8670 */ | |
| 8671 static int | |
| 8672 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p) | |
| 8673 int c; | |
| 8674 int mode; | |
| 8675 int *inserted_space_p; | |
| 8676 { | |
| 8677 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 8678 int cc; | |
| 8679 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1872 | 8680 colnr_T save_col; |
| 7 | 8681 colnr_T mincol; |
| 8682 int did_backspace = FALSE; | |
| 8683 int in_indent; | |
| 8684 int oldState; | |
| 8685 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8686 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ |
| 7 | 8687 #endif |
| 8688 | |
| 8689 /* | |
| 8690 * can't delete anything in an empty file | |
| 8691 * can't backup past first character in buffer | |
| 8692 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 | |
| 8693 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 | |
| 8694 */ | |
| 8695 if ( bufempty() | |
| 8696 || ( | |
| 8697 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8698 !revins_on && | |
| 8699 #endif | |
| 8700 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 8701 || (!can_bs(BS_START) | |
| 8702 && (arrow_used | |
| 8703 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8704 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col))) | |
| 8705 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 | |
| 8706 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) | |
| 8707 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) | |
| 8708 { | |
| 8709 vim_beep(); | |
| 8710 return FALSE; | |
| 8711 } | |
| 8712 | |
| 8713 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8714 return FALSE; | |
| 8715 in_indent = inindent(0); | |
| 8716 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8717 if (in_indent) | |
| 8718 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 8719 #endif | |
| 8720 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 8721 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ | |
| 8722 #endif | |
| 8723 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8724 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ | |
| 8725 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8726 #endif | |
| 8727 | |
| 8728 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8729 /* Virtualedit: | |
| 8730 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space | |
| 8731 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd | |
| 8732 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going | |
| 8733 */ | |
| 8734 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 8735 { | |
| 8736 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
| 8737 { | |
| 8738 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 8739 return TRUE; | |
| 8740 } | |
| 8741 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) | |
| 8742 { | |
| 8743 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 8744 return TRUE; | |
| 8745 } | |
| 8746 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 8747 } | |
| 8748 #endif | |
| 8749 | |
| 8750 /* | |
| 8751 * delete newline! | |
| 8752 */ | |
| 8753 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 8754 { | |
| 8755 lnum = Insstart.lnum; | |
| 8756 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8757 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8758 || revins_on | |
| 8759 #endif | |
| 8760 ) | |
| 8761 { | |
| 8762 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), | |
| 8763 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
| 8764 return FALSE; | |
| 8765 --Insstart.lnum; | |
| 8766 Insstart.col = MAXCOL; | |
| 8767 } | |
| 8768 /* | |
| 8769 * In replace mode: | |
| 8770 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it | |
| 8771 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back | |
| 8772 */ | |
| 8773 cc = -1; | |
| 8774 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8775 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ | |
| 8776 /* | |
| 8777 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the | |
| 8778 * cursor. | |
| 8779 */ | |
| 8780 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
| 8781 { | |
| 8782 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8783 } | |
| 8784 else | |
| 8785 { | |
| 8786 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8787 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8788 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) | |
| 8789 #endif | |
| 8790 { | |
| 8791 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ | |
| 8792 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 278 | 8793 |
| 8794 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at | |
| 8795 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken | |
| 8796 * again when auto-formatting. */ | |
| 8797 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) | |
| 8798 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
| 8799 { | |
| 8800 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 8801 TRUE); | |
| 8802 int len; | |
| 8803 | |
| 835 | 8804 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); |
| 278 | 8805 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') |
| 8806 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 8807 } | |
| 8808 | |
| 3562 | 8809 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 7 | 8810 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) |
| 8811 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8812 } | |
| 8813 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8814 else | |
| 8815 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8816 #endif | |
| 8817 | |
| 8818 /* | |
| 8819 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced | |
| 8820 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated | |
| 8821 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the | |
| 8822 * characters that NL replaced. | |
| 8823 */ | |
| 8824 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8825 { | |
| 8826 /* | |
| 8827 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to | |
| 8828 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and | |
| 8829 * avoiding showmatch(). | |
| 8830 */ | |
| 8831 oldState = State; | |
| 8832 State = NORMAL; | |
| 8833 /* | |
| 8834 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor | |
| 8835 */ | |
| 8836 while (cc > 0) | |
| 8837 { | |
| 1872 | 8838 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 7 | 8839 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8840 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
| 8841 #else | |
| 8842 ins_char(cc); | |
| 8843 #endif | |
| 1872 | 8844 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
| 7 | 8845 cc = replace_pop(); |
| 8846 } | |
| 8847 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ | |
| 8848 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 8849 State = oldState; | |
| 8850 } | |
| 8851 } | |
| 8852 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8853 } | |
| 8854 else | |
| 8855 { | |
| 8856 /* | |
| 8857 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. | |
| 8858 */ | |
| 8859 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8860 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ | |
| 8861 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8862 #endif | |
| 8863 mincol = 0; | |
| 8864 /* keep indent */ | |
| 1085 | 8865 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE |
| 8866 && (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 8867 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 2004 | 8868 || cindent_on() |
| 1085 | 8869 #endif |
| 8870 ) | |
| 7 | 8871 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8872 && !revins_on | |
| 8873 #endif | |
| 8874 ) | |
| 8875 { | |
| 1872 | 8876 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 7 | 8877 beginline(BL_WHITE); |
| 1988 | 8878 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) |
| 7 | 8879 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 1872 | 8880 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
| 7 | 8881 } |
| 8882 | |
| 8883 /* | |
| 8884 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. | |
| 8885 */ | |
| 8886 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR | |
| 8887 && ((p_sta && in_indent) | |
| 3873 | 8888 || (get_sts_value() != 0 |
| 1497 | 8889 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 |
| 7 | 8890 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB |
| 8891 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' | |
| 8892 && (!*inserted_space_p | |
| 8893 || arrow_used)))))) | |
| 8894 { | |
| 8895 int ts; | |
| 8896 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 8897 colnr_T want_vcol; | |
| 1460 | 8898 colnr_T start_vcol; |
| 7 | 8899 |
| 8900 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; | |
| 648 | 8901 if (p_sta && in_indent) |
| 3740 | 8902 ts = (int)get_sw_value(); |
| 7 | 8903 else |
| 3873 | 8904 ts = (int)get_sts_value(); |
| 7 | 8905 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since |
| 8906 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of | |
| 8907 * the previous character. */ | |
| 8908 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 1460 | 8909 start_vcol = vcol; |
| 7 | 8910 dec_cursor(); |
| 8911 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); | |
| 8912 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8913 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; | |
| 8914 | |
| 8915 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ | |
| 8916 while (vcol > want_vcol | |
| 8917 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc))) | |
| 1460 | 8918 ins_bs_one(&vcol); |
| 7 | 8919 |
| 8920 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ | |
| 8921 while (vcol < want_vcol) | |
| 8922 { | |
| 8923 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ | |
| 8924 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8925 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 8926 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8927 | |
| 8928 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8929 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8930 ins_char(' '); | |
| 8931 else | |
| 8932 #endif | |
| 8933 { | |
| 8934 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 1460 | 8935 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) |
| 8936 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 7 | 8937 } |
| 8938 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 8939 } | |
| 1460 | 8940 |
| 8941 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can | |
| 8942 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ | |
| 8943 if (vcol >= start_vcol) | |
| 8944 ins_bs_one(&vcol); | |
| 7 | 8945 } |
| 8946 | |
| 8947 /* | |
| 8948 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. | |
| 8949 */ | |
| 8950 else do | |
| 8951 { | |
| 8952 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8953 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ | |
| 8954 #endif | |
| 8955 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8956 | |
| 8957 /* start of word? */ | |
| 8958 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) | |
| 8959 { | |
| 8960 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; | |
| 8961 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor()); | |
| 8962 } | |
| 8963 /* end of word? */ | |
| 8964 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE | |
| 8965 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor()) | |
| 8966 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp)) | |
| 8967 { | |
| 8968 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8969 if (!revins_on) | |
| 8970 #endif | |
| 8971 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8972 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8973 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8974 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8975 #endif | |
| 8976 break; | |
| 8977 } | |
| 8978 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1782 | 8979 replace_do_bs(-1); |
| 7 | 8980 else |
| 8981 { | |
| 8982 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8983 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) | |
| 714 | 8984 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); |
| 7 | 8985 #endif |
| 8986 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 8987 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8988 /* | |
| 714 | 8989 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set |
| 8990 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base | |
| 7 | 8991 * character. |
| 8992 */ | |
| 714 | 8993 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) |
| 7 | 8994 inc_cursor(); |
| 8995 #endif | |
| 8996 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8997 if (revins_chars) | |
| 8998 { | |
| 8999 revins_chars--; | |
| 9000 revins_legal++; | |
| 9001 } | |
| 9002 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 9003 break; | |
| 9004 #endif | |
| 9005 } | |
| 9006 /* Just a single backspace?: */ | |
| 9007 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
| 9008 break; | |
| 9009 } while ( | |
| 9010 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9011 revins_on || | |
| 9012 #endif | |
| 9013 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol | |
| 9014 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 9015 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col))); | |
| 9016 did_backspace = TRUE; | |
| 9017 } | |
| 9018 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 9019 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 9020 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 9021 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 9022 #endif | |
| 9023 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) | |
| 9024 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 9025 /* | |
| 9026 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo | |
| 9027 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal | |
| 9028 * with. | |
| 9029 */ | |
| 9030 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 9031 | |
| 9032 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ | |
| 9033 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 9034 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9035 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 9036 | |
| 9037 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that | |
| 9038 * was there remains visible | |
| 9039 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that | |
| 9040 * was there is erased from the screen. | |
| 9041 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar | |
| 9042 * displayed even when there isn't. | |
| 9043 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ | |
| 3318 | 9044 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 9045 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; |
| 9046 | |
| 1514 | 9047 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 9048 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. | |
| 9049 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white | |
| 9050 * char before a Tab. */ | |
| 9051 if (did_backspace) | |
| 9052 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9053 #endif | |
| 9054 | |
| 7 | 9055 return did_backspace; |
| 9056 } | |
| 9057 | |
| 9058 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 9059 static void | |
| 9060 ins_mouse(c) | |
| 9061 int c; | |
| 9062 { | |
| 9063 pos_T tpos; | |
| 840 | 9064 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; |
| 7 | 9065 |
| 9066 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9067 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ | |
| 9068 if (!gui.in_use) | |
| 9069 # endif | |
| 9070 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) | |
| 9071 return; | |
| 9072 | |
| 9073 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9074 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9075 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) | |
| 9076 { | |
| 840 | 9077 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 9078 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; | |
| 9079 | |
| 9080 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) | |
| 9081 { | |
| 9082 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the | |
| 9083 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ | |
| 9084 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 9085 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9086 } | |
| 9087 #endif | |
| 9088 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); | |
| 9089 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9090 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) | |
| 9091 { | |
| 9092 curwin = new_curwin; | |
| 9093 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9094 } | |
| 9095 #endif | |
| 7 | 9096 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
| 9097 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9098 # endif | |
| 9099 } | |
| 9100 | |
| 9101 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9102 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ | |
| 9103 redraw_statuslines(); | |
| 9104 #endif | |
| 9105 } | |
| 9106 | |
| 9107 static void | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9108 ins_mousescroll(dir) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9109 int dir; |
| 7 | 9110 { |
| 9111 pos_T tpos; | |
| 1434 | 9112 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 9113 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
| 9114 # endif | |
| 9115 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9116 int did_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 9117 # endif |
| 9118 | |
| 9119 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9120 | |
| 9121 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 9122 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */ | |
| 9123 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) | |
| 9124 { | |
| 9125 int row, col; | |
| 9126 | |
| 9127 row = mouse_row; | |
| 9128 col = mouse_col; | |
| 9129 | |
| 9130 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ | |
| 9131 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); | |
| 9132 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9133 } | |
| 9134 if (curwin == old_curwin) | |
| 9135 # endif | |
| 9136 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9137 | |
| 1434 | 9138 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9139 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ | |
| 9140 if (!pum_visible() | |
| 9141 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 9142 || curwin != old_curwin | |
| 9143 # endif | |
| 9144 ) | |
| 9145 # endif | |
| 9146 { | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9147 if (dir == MSCR_DOWN || dir == MSCR_UP) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9148 { |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9149 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9150 scroll_redraw(dir, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9151 (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9152 else |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9153 scroll_redraw(dir, 3L); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9154 } |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9155 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 1434 | 9156 else |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9157 { |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9158 int val, step = 6; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9159 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9160 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9161 step = W_WIDTH(curwin); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9162 val = curwin->w_leftcol + (dir == MSCR_RIGHT ? -step : step); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9163 if (val < 0) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9164 val = 0; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9165 gui_do_horiz_scroll(val, TRUE); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9166 } |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9167 #endif |
| 1434 | 9168 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9169 did_scroll = TRUE; | |
| 9170 # endif | |
| 9171 } | |
| 7 | 9172 |
| 9173 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 9174 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 9175 | |
| 9176 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 9177 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9178 # endif | |
| 9179 | |
| 1434 | 9180 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9181 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. | |
| 9182 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are | |
| 9183 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ | |
| 9184 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) | |
| 9185 { | |
| 9186 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); | |
| 9187 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 9188 } | |
| 9189 # endif | |
| 9190 | |
| 7 | 9191 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) |
| 9192 { | |
| 9193 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9194 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9195 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9196 # endif | |
| 9197 } | |
| 9198 } | |
| 9199 #endif | |
| 9200 | |
| 692 | 9201 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 724 | 9202 static void |
| 692 | 9203 ins_tabline(c) |
| 9204 int c; | |
| 9205 { | |
| 9206 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ | |
| 9207 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE | |
| 9208 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) | |
| 9209 { | |
| 9210 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9211 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9212 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9213 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9214 # endif | |
| 9215 } | |
| 9216 | |
| 9217 if (c == K_TABLINE) | |
| 9218 goto_tabpage(current_tab); | |
| 9219 else | |
| 846 | 9220 { |
| 692 | 9221 handle_tabmenu(); |
| 846 | 9222 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ |
| 9223 } | |
| 692 | 9224 } |
| 9225 #endif | |
| 9226 | |
| 9227 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7 | 9228 void |
| 9229 ins_scroll() | |
| 9230 { | |
| 9231 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9232 | |
| 9233 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9234 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9235 if (gui_do_scroll()) | |
| 9236 { | |
| 9237 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9238 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9239 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9240 # endif | |
| 9241 } | |
| 9242 } | |
| 9243 | |
| 9244 void | |
| 9245 ins_horscroll() | |
| 9246 { | |
| 9247 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9248 | |
| 9249 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9250 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9251 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll(scrollbar_value, FALSE)) |
| 7 | 9252 { |
| 9253 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9254 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9255 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9256 # endif | |
| 9257 } | |
| 9258 } | |
| 9259 #endif | |
| 9260 | |
| 9261 static void | |
| 9262 ins_left() | |
| 9263 { | |
| 9264 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9265 | |
| 9266 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9267 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9268 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9269 #endif | |
| 9270 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9271 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9272 if (oneleft() == OK) | |
| 9273 { | |
| 941 | 9274 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 9275 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will | |
| 9276 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ | |
| 9277 if (!im_is_preediting()) | |
| 9278 #endif | |
| 9279 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 7 | 9280 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 9281 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ | |
| 9282 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) | |
| 9283 revins_legal++; | |
| 9284 revins_chars++; | |
| 9285 #endif | |
| 9286 } | |
| 9287 | |
| 9288 /* | |
| 9289 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to | |
| 9290 * previous line | |
| 9291 */ | |
| 9292 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 9293 { | |
| 9294 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9295 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 9296 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 9297 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ | |
| 9298 } | |
| 9299 else | |
| 9300 vim_beep(); | |
| 9301 } | |
| 9302 | |
| 9303 static void | |
| 9304 ins_home(c) | |
| 9305 int c; | |
| 9306 { | |
| 9307 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9308 | |
| 9309 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9310 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9311 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9312 #endif | |
| 9313 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9314 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9315 if (c == K_C_HOME) | |
| 9316 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
| 9317 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9318 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9319 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 9320 #endif | |
| 9321 curwin->w_curswant = 0; | |
| 9322 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9323 } | |
| 9324 | |
| 9325 static void | |
| 9326 ins_end(c) | |
| 9327 int c; | |
| 9328 { | |
| 9329 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9330 | |
| 9331 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9332 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9333 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9334 #endif | |
| 9335 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9336 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9337 if (c == K_C_END) | |
| 9338 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 9339 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 9340 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; | |
| 9341 | |
| 9342 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9343 } | |
| 9344 | |
| 9345 static void | |
| 9346 ins_s_left() | |
| 9347 { | |
| 9348 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9349 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9350 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9351 #endif | |
| 9352 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9353 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 9354 { | |
| 9355 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9356 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 9357 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9358 } | |
| 9359 else | |
| 9360 vim_beep(); | |
| 9361 } | |
| 9362 | |
| 9363 static void | |
| 9364 ins_right() | |
| 9365 { | |
| 9366 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9367 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9368 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9369 #endif | |
| 9370 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 1877 | 9371 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL |
| 9372 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9373 || virtual_active() | |
| 9374 #endif | |
| 7 | 9375 ) |
| 9376 { | |
| 9377 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9378 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9379 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9380 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 9381 oneright(); | |
| 9382 else | |
| 9383 #endif | |
| 9384 { | |
| 9385 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9386 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 474 | 9387 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 9388 else |
| 9389 #endif | |
| 9390 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 9391 } | |
| 9392 | |
| 9393 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9394 revins_legal++; | |
| 9395 if (revins_chars) | |
| 9396 revins_chars--; | |
| 9397 #endif | |
| 9398 } | |
| 9399 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the | |
| 9400 * cursor to the next line */ | |
| 9401 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL | |
| 9402 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 9403 { | |
| 9404 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9405 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9406 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 9407 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9408 } | |
| 9409 else | |
| 9410 vim_beep(); | |
| 9411 } | |
| 9412 | |
| 9413 static void | |
| 9414 ins_s_right() | |
| 9415 { | |
| 9416 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9417 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9418 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9419 #endif | |
| 9420 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9421 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 9422 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 9423 { | |
| 9424 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9425 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); | |
| 9426 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9427 } | |
| 9428 else | |
| 9429 vim_beep(); | |
| 9430 } | |
| 9431 | |
| 9432 static void | |
| 9433 ins_up(startcol) | |
| 9434 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
| 9435 { | |
| 9436 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9437 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 9438 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9439 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 9440 #endif | |
| 9441 | |
| 9442 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9443 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9444 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
| 9445 { | |
| 9446 if (startcol) | |
| 9447 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
| 9448 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
| 9449 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9450 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
| 9451 #endif | |
| 9452 ) | |
| 9453 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9454 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9455 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9456 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9457 #endif | |
| 9458 } | |
| 9459 else | |
| 9460 vim_beep(); | |
| 9461 } | |
| 9462 | |
| 9463 static void | |
| 9464 ins_pageup() | |
| 9465 { | |
| 9466 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9467 | |
| 9468 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 828 | 9469 |
| 9470 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9471 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 9472 { | |
| 9473 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ | |
| 1013 | 9474 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 9475 { | |
| 9476 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9477 goto_tabpage(-1); | |
| 9478 } | |
| 828 | 9479 return; |
| 9480 } | |
| 9481 #endif | |
| 9482 | |
| 7 | 9483 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 9484 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
| 9485 { | |
| 9486 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9487 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9488 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9489 #endif | |
| 9490 } | |
| 9491 else | |
| 9492 vim_beep(); | |
| 9493 } | |
| 9494 | |
| 9495 static void | |
| 9496 ins_down(startcol) | |
| 9497 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
| 9498 { | |
| 9499 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9500 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 9501 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9502 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 9503 #endif | |
| 9504 | |
| 9505 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9506 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9507 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
| 9508 { | |
| 9509 if (startcol) | |
| 9510 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
| 9511 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
| 9512 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9513 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
| 9514 #endif | |
| 9515 ) | |
| 9516 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9517 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9518 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9519 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9520 #endif | |
| 9521 } | |
| 9522 else | |
| 9523 vim_beep(); | |
| 9524 } | |
| 9525 | |
| 9526 static void | |
| 9527 ins_pagedown() | |
| 9528 { | |
| 9529 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9530 | |
| 9531 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 828 | 9532 |
| 9533 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9534 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 9535 { | |
| 9536 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ | |
| 1013 | 9537 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 9538 { | |
| 9539 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9540 goto_tabpage(0); | |
| 9541 } | |
| 828 | 9542 return; |
| 9543 } | |
| 9544 #endif | |
| 9545 | |
| 7 | 9546 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 9547 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
| 9548 { | |
| 9549 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9550 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9551 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9552 #endif | |
| 9553 } | |
| 9554 else | |
| 9555 vim_beep(); | |
| 9556 } | |
| 9557 | |
| 9558 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 9559 static void | |
| 9560 ins_drop() | |
| 9561 { | |
| 9562 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); | |
| 9563 } | |
| 9564 #endif | |
| 9565 | |
| 9566 /* | |
| 9567 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. | |
| 9568 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. | |
| 9569 */ | |
| 9570 static int | |
| 9571 ins_tab() | |
| 9572 { | |
| 9573 int ind; | |
| 9574 int i; | |
| 9575 int temp; | |
| 9576 | |
| 9577 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
| 9578 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
| 9579 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 9580 return FALSE; | |
| 9581 | |
| 9582 ind = inindent(0); | |
| 9583 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9584 if (ind) | |
| 9585 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 9586 #endif | |
| 9587 | |
| 9588 /* | |
| 9589 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character | |
| 9590 */ | |
| 9591 if (!curbuf->b_p_et | |
| 3740 | 9592 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != get_sw_value()) |
| 3873 | 9593 && get_sts_value() == 0) |
| 7 | 9594 return TRUE; |
| 9595 | |
| 9596 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 9597 return TRUE; | |
| 9598 | |
| 9599 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 9600 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 9601 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 9602 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 9603 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 9604 #endif | |
| 9605 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); | |
| 9606 | |
| 9607 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 3740 | 9608 temp = (int)get_sw_value(); |
| 3873 | 9609 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ |
| 9610 temp = (int)get_sts_value(); | |
| 7 | 9611 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ |
| 9612 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 9613 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; | |
| 9614 | |
| 9615 /* | |
| 9616 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in | |
| 9617 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any | |
| 9618 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. | |
| 9619 */ | |
| 9620 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9621 while (--temp > 0) | |
| 9622 { | |
| 9623 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9624 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9625 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9626 else | |
| 9627 #endif | |
| 9628 { | |
| 9629 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 9630 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ | |
| 9631 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 9632 } | |
| 9633 } | |
| 9634 | |
| 9635 /* | |
| 9636 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. | |
| 9637 */ | |
| 3873 | 9638 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (get_sts_value() || (p_sta && ind))) |
| 7 | 9639 { |
| 9640 char_u *ptr; | |
| 9641 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9642 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 9643 pos_T pos; | |
| 9644 #endif | |
| 9645 pos_T fpos; | |
| 9646 pos_T *cursor; | |
| 9647 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; | |
| 9648 int change_col = -1; | |
| 9649 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 9650 | |
| 9651 /* | |
| 9652 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes | |
| 9653 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. | |
| 9654 */ | |
| 9655 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9656 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9657 { | |
| 9658 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9659 cursor = &pos; | |
| 9660 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 9661 if (saved_line == NULL) | |
| 9662 return FALSE; | |
| 9663 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; | |
| 9664 } | |
| 9665 else | |
| 9666 #endif | |
| 9667 { | |
| 9668 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 9669 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9670 } | |
| 9671 | |
| 9672 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ | |
| 9673 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 9674 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 9675 | |
| 9676 /* Find first white before the cursor */ | |
| 9677 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9678 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1])) | |
| 9679 { | |
| 9680 --fpos.col; | |
| 9681 --ptr; | |
| 9682 } | |
| 9683 | |
| 9684 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ | |
| 9685 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9686 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 9687 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9688 { | |
| 9689 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; | |
| 9690 fpos.col = Insstart.col; | |
| 9691 } | |
| 9692 | |
| 9693 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ | |
| 9694 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9695 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9696 | |
| 9697 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and | |
| 9698 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ | |
| 9699 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr)) | |
| 9700 { | |
| 9701 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol); | |
| 9702 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) | |
| 9703 break; | |
| 9704 if (*ptr != TAB) | |
| 9705 { | |
| 9706 *ptr = TAB; | |
| 9707 if (change_col < 0) | |
| 9708 { | |
| 9709 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ | |
| 9710 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ | |
| 9711 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9712 Insstart.col = fpos.col; | |
| 9713 } | |
| 9714 } | |
| 9715 ++fpos.col; | |
| 9716 ++ptr; | |
| 9717 vcol += i; | |
| 9718 } | |
| 9719 | |
| 9720 if (change_col >= 0) | |
| 9721 { | |
| 9722 int repl_off = 0; | |
| 9723 | |
| 9724 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ | |
| 9725 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') | |
| 9726 { | |
| 9727 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol); | |
| 9728 ++ptr; | |
| 9729 ++repl_off; | |
| 9730 } | |
| 9731 if (vcol > want_vcol) | |
| 9732 { | |
| 9733 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ | |
| 9734 --ptr; | |
| 9735 --repl_off; | |
| 9736 } | |
| 9737 fpos.col += repl_off; | |
| 9738 | |
| 9739 /* Delete following spaces. */ | |
| 9740 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; | |
| 9741 if (i > 0) | |
| 9742 { | |
| 1622 | 9743 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); |
| 7 | 9744 /* correct replace stack. */ |
| 9745 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9746 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9747 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9748 #endif | |
| 9749 ) | |
| 9750 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) | |
| 9751 replace_join(repl_off); | |
| 9752 } | |
| 33 | 9753 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG |
| 2210 | 9754 if (netbeans_active()) |
| 33 | 9755 { |
|
2209
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
9756 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, (long)(i + 1)); |
| 33 | 9757 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, |
| 9758 (char_u *)"\t", 1); | |
| 9759 } | |
| 9760 #endif | |
| 7 | 9761 cursor->col -= i; |
| 9762 | |
| 9763 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9764 /* | |
| 9765 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by | |
| 9766 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new | |
| 9767 * spacing. | |
| 9768 */ | |
| 9769 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9770 { | |
| 9771 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ | |
| 9772 backspace_until_column(change_col); | |
| 9773 | |
| 9774 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to | |
| 9775 * ptr-cursor */ | |
| 9776 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, | |
| 9777 cursor->col - change_col); | |
| 9778 } | |
| 9779 #endif | |
| 9780 } | |
| 9781 | |
| 9782 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9783 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9784 vim_free(saved_line); | |
| 9785 #endif | |
| 9786 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; | |
| 9787 } | |
| 9788 | |
| 9789 return FALSE; | |
| 9790 } | |
| 9791 | |
| 9792 /* | |
| 9793 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. | |
| 9794 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. | |
| 9795 */ | |
| 9796 static int | |
| 9797 ins_eol(c) | |
| 9798 int c; | |
| 9799 { | |
| 9800 int i; | |
| 9801 | |
| 9802 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 9803 return FALSE; | |
| 9804 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 9805 return TRUE; | |
| 9806 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9807 | |
| 9808 /* | |
| 9809 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the | |
| 9810 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, | |
| 9811 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. | |
| 9812 */ | |
| 9813 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9814 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9815 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9816 #endif | |
| 9817 ) | |
| 9818 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 9819 | |
| 9820 /* | |
| 9821 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
| 9822 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the | |
| 9823 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done | |
| 9824 * in open_line(). | |
| 9825 */ | |
| 9826 | |
| 844 | 9827 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 9828 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after | |
| 9829 * CTRL-O). */ | |
| 9830 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 9831 coladvance(getviscol()); | |
| 9832 #endif | |
| 9833 | |
| 7 | 9834 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 9835 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 9836 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) | |
| 9837 fkmap(NL); | |
| 9838 # endif | |
| 9839 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of | |
| 9840 * current line. */ | |
| 9841 if (revins_on) | |
| 9842 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 9843 #endif | |
| 9844 | |
| 9845 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); | |
| 9846 i = open_line(FORWARD, | |
| 9847 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 9848 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : | |
| 9849 #endif | |
| 9850 0, old_indent); | |
| 9851 old_indent = 0; | |
| 9852 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9853 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9854 #endif | |
| 1032 | 9855 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 9856 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ | |
| 9857 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9858 #endif | |
| 7 | 9859 |
| 9860 return (!i); | |
| 9861 } | |
| 9862 | |
| 9863 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 9864 /* | |
| 9865 * Handle digraph in insert mode. | |
| 9866 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be | |
| 9867 * done. | |
| 9868 */ | |
| 9869 static int | |
| 9870 ins_digraph() | |
| 9871 { | |
| 9872 int c; | |
| 9873 int cc; | |
| 2811 | 9874 int did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 9875 |
| 9876 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 9877 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 9878 { | |
| 9879 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 9880 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9881 |
| 9882 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); | |
| 2811 | 9883 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 7 | 9884 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 9885 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); | |
| 9886 #endif | |
| 9887 } | |
| 9888 | |
| 9889 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 9890 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 9891 #endif | |
| 9892 | |
| 9893 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the | |
| 9894 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ | |
| 9895 ++no_mapping; | |
| 9896 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 9897 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 9898 --no_mapping; |
| 9899 --allow_keys; | |
| 2811 | 9900 if (did_putchar) |
| 9901 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the next | |
| 9902 * line and will not be removed by the redraw */ | |
| 9903 edit_unputchar(); | |
|
2319
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
9904 |
| 7 | 9905 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ |
| 9906 { | |
| 9907 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9908 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9909 #endif | |
| 9910 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 9911 return NUL; | |
| 9912 } | |
| 9913 if (c != ESC) | |
| 9914 { | |
| 2811 | 9915 did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 9916 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) |
| 9917 { | |
| 9918 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 9919 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9920 |
| 9921 if (char2cells(c) == 1) | |
| 9922 { | |
| 661 | 9923 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9924 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); |
| 2811 | 9925 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 7 | 9926 } |
| 9927 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9928 add_to_showcmd_c(c); | |
| 9929 #endif | |
| 9930 } | |
| 9931 ++no_mapping; | |
| 9932 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 9933 cc = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 9934 --no_mapping; |
| 9935 --allow_keys; | |
| 2811 | 9936 if (did_putchar) |
| 9937 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the | |
| 9938 * next line and will not be removed by a redraw */ | |
| 9939 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 7 | 9940 if (cc != ESC) |
| 9941 { | |
| 9942 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); | |
| 9943 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); | |
| 9944 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9945 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9946 #endif | |
| 9947 return c; | |
| 9948 } | |
| 9949 } | |
| 9950 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9951 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9952 #endif | |
| 9953 return NUL; | |
| 9954 } | |
| 9955 #endif | |
| 9956 | |
| 9957 /* | |
| 9958 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. | |
| 9959 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. | |
| 9960 */ | |
| 3501 | 9961 int |
| 7 | 9962 ins_copychar(lnum) |
| 9963 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 9964 { | |
| 9965 int c; | |
| 9966 int temp; | |
| 9967 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; | |
| 9968 | |
| 9969 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 9970 { | |
| 9971 vim_beep(); | |
| 9972 return NUL; | |
| 9973 } | |
| 9974 | |
| 9975 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ | |
| 9976 temp = 0; | |
| 9977 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 9978 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 9979 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 9980 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 9981 { | |
| 9982 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 9983 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp); | |
| 9984 } | |
| 9985 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 9986 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
| 9987 | |
| 9988 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9989 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
| 9990 #else | |
| 9991 c = *ptr; | |
| 9992 #endif | |
| 9993 if (c == NUL) | |
| 9994 vim_beep(); | |
| 9995 return c; | |
| 9996 } | |
| 9997 | |
| 449 | 9998 /* |
| 9999 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. | |
| 10000 */ | |
| 10001 static int | |
| 10002 ins_ctrl_ey(tc) | |
| 10003 int tc; | |
| 10004 { | |
| 10005 int c = tc; | |
| 10006 | |
| 10007 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 10008 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
| 10009 { | |
| 10010 if (c == Ctrl_Y) | |
| 10011 scrolldown_clamp(); | |
| 10012 else | |
| 10013 scrollup_clamp(); | |
| 10014 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 10015 } | |
| 10016 else | |
| 10017 #endif | |
| 10018 { | |
| 10019 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); | |
| 10020 if (c != NUL) | |
| 10021 { | |
| 10022 long tw_save; | |
| 10023 | |
| 10024 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it | |
| 10025 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' | |
| 10026 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a | |
| 10027 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ | |
| 10028 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) | |
| 10029 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ | |
| 10030 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
| 10031 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; | |
| 10032 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 10033 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; | |
| 10034 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 10035 revins_chars++; | |
| 10036 revins_legal++; | |
| 10037 #endif | |
| 10038 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ | |
| 10039 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 10040 } | |
| 10041 } | |
| 10042 return c; | |
| 10043 } | |
| 10044 | |
| 7 | 10045 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 10046 /* | |
| 10047 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. | |
| 10048 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. | |
| 10049 */ | |
| 10050 static void | |
| 10051 ins_try_si(c) | |
| 10052 int c; | |
| 10053 { | |
| 10054 pos_T *pos, old_pos; | |
| 10055 char_u *ptr; | |
| 10056 int i; | |
| 10057 int temp; | |
| 10058 | |
| 10059 /* | |
| 10060 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' | |
| 10061 */ | |
| 10062 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) | |
| 10063 { | |
| 10064 /* | |
| 10065 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' | |
| 10066 */ | |
| 10067 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) | |
| 10068 { | |
| 10069 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 10070 /* | |
| 10071 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring | |
| 10072 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line | |
| 10073 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the | |
| 10074 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple | |
| 10075 * lines -- webb | |
| 10076 */ | |
| 10077 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
| 10078 i = pos->col; | |
| 10079 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ | |
| 10080 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i])) | |
| 10081 ; | |
| 10082 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 10083 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
| 10084 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
| 10085 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
| 10086 i = get_indent(); | |
| 10087 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
| 10088 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 10089 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1516 | 10090 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10091 else |
| 10092 #endif | |
| 10093 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 10094 } | |
| 10095 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 10096 { | |
| 10097 /* | |
| 10098 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not | |
| 10099 * more than indent of previous line | |
| 10100 */ | |
| 10101 temp = TRUE; | |
| 10102 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 10103 { | |
| 10104 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 10105 i = get_indent(); | |
| 10106 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 10107 { | |
| 10108 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); | |
| 10109 | |
| 10110 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ | |
| 10111 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 10112 break; | |
| 10113 } | |
| 10114 if (get_indent() >= i) | |
| 10115 temp = FALSE; | |
| 10116 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
| 10117 } | |
| 10118 if (temp) | |
| 1516 | 10119 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10120 } |
| 10121 } | |
| 10122 | |
| 10123 /* | |
| 10124 * set indent of '#' always to 0 | |
| 10125 */ | |
| 10126 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') | |
| 10127 { | |
| 10128 /* remember current indent for next line */ | |
| 10129 old_indent = get_indent(); | |
| 10130 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 10131 } | |
| 10132 | |
| 10133 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ | |
| 10134 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 10135 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 10136 } | |
| 10137 #endif | |
| 10138 | |
| 10139 /* | |
| 10140 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. | |
| 10141 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
| 10142 */ | |
| 10143 static colnr_T | |
| 10144 get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 10145 { | |
| 10146 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 10147 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 10148 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 10149 return curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 10150 } | |
| 3390 | 10151 |
| 10152 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 10153 /* | |
| 10154 * Handle the InsertCharPre autocommand. | |
| 10155 * "c" is the character that was typed. | |
| 10156 * Return a pointer to allocated memory with the replacement string. | |
| 10157 * Return NULL to continue inserting "c". | |
| 10158 */ | |
| 10159 static char_u * | |
| 10160 do_insert_char_pre(c) | |
| 10161 int c; | |
| 10162 { | |
| 3547 | 10163 char_u *res; |
| 10164 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 3390 | 10165 |
| 10166 /* Return quickly when there is nothing to do. */ | |
| 10167 if (!has_insertcharpre()) | |
| 10168 return NULL; | |
| 10169 | |
| 3547 | 10170 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 10171 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 10172 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; | |
| 10173 else | |
| 10174 #endif | |
| 10175 { | |
| 10176 buf[0] = c; | |
| 10177 buf[1] = NUL; | |
| 10178 } | |
| 10179 | |
| 3390 | 10180 /* Lock the text to avoid weird things from happening. */ |
| 10181 ++textlock; | |
| 3547 | 10182 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, buf, -1); /* set v:char */ |
| 10183 | |
| 10184 res = NULL; | |
| 3390 | 10185 if (apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHARPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf)) |
| 3547 | 10186 { |
| 10187 /* Get the value of v:char. It may be empty or more than one | |
| 10188 * character. Only use it when changed, otherwise continue with the | |
| 10189 * original character to avoid breaking autoindent. */ | |
| 10190 if (STRCMP(buf, get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)) != 0) | |
| 10191 res = vim_strsave(get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)); | |
| 10192 } | |
| 3390 | 10193 |
| 10194 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); /* clear v:char */ | |
| 10195 --textlock; | |
| 10196 | |
| 10197 return res; | |
| 10198 } | |
| 10199 #endif |